WO2022037057A1 - 一种光纤连接器组件、标签系统、标签模块以及识别方法 - Google Patents

一种光纤连接器组件、标签系统、标签模块以及识别方法 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022037057A1
WO2022037057A1 PCT/CN2021/082311 CN2021082311W WO2022037057A1 WO 2022037057 A1 WO2022037057 A1 WO 2022037057A1 CN 2021082311 W CN2021082311 W CN 2021082311W WO 2022037057 A1 WO2022037057 A1 WO 2022037057A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
optical fiber
fiber connector
label
adapter
target
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/082311
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
胡健
林钦贤
闻已达
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to BR112023003126A priority Critical patent/BR112023003126A2/pt
Priority to EP21857160.2A priority patent/EP4191300A4/en
Priority to MX2023002131A priority patent/MX2023002131A/es
Priority to CA3190293A priority patent/CA3190293A1/en
Priority to JP2023512387A priority patent/JP2023537786A/ja
Priority to KR1020237008985A priority patent/KR20230048432A/ko
Publication of WO2022037057A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022037057A1/zh
Priority to US18/172,134 priority patent/US20230204874A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B6/00Light guides; Structural details of arrangements comprising light guides and other optical elements, e.g. couplings
    • G02B6/24Coupling light guides
    • G02B6/36Mechanical coupling means
    • G02B6/38Mechanical coupling means having fibre to fibre mating means
    • G02B6/3807Dismountable connectors, i.e. comprising plugs
    • G02B6/381Dismountable connectors, i.e. comprising plugs of the ferrule type, e.g. fibre ends embedded in ferrules, connecting a pair of fibres
    • G02B6/3825Dismountable connectors, i.e. comprising plugs of the ferrule type, e.g. fibre ends embedded in ferrules, connecting a pair of fibres with an intermediate part, e.g. adapter, receptacle, linking two plugs
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B6/00Light guides; Structural details of arrangements comprising light guides and other optical elements, e.g. couplings
    • G02B6/24Coupling light guides
    • G02B6/36Mechanical coupling means
    • G02B6/38Mechanical coupling means having fibre to fibre mating means
    • G02B6/3807Dismountable connectors, i.e. comprising plugs
    • G02B6/3895Dismountable connectors, i.e. comprising plugs identification of connection, e.g. right plug to the right socket or full engagement of the mating parts
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06KGRAPHICAL DATA READING; PRESENTATION OF DATA; RECORD CARRIERS; HANDLING RECORD CARRIERS
    • G06K7/00Methods or arrangements for sensing record carriers, e.g. for reading patterns
    • G06K7/10Methods or arrangements for sensing record carriers, e.g. for reading patterns by electromagnetic radiation, e.g. optical sensing; by corpuscular radiation
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06KGRAPHICAL DATA READING; PRESENTATION OF DATA; RECORD CARRIERS; HANDLING RECORD CARRIERS
    • G06K7/00Methods or arrangements for sensing record carriers, e.g. for reading patterns
    • G06K7/10Methods or arrangements for sensing record carriers, e.g. for reading patterns by electromagnetic radiation, e.g. optical sensing; by corpuscular radiation
    • G06K7/14Methods or arrangements for sensing record carriers, e.g. for reading patterns by electromagnetic radiation, e.g. optical sensing; by corpuscular radiation using light without selection of wavelength, e.g. sensing reflected white light
    • G06K7/1404Methods for optical code recognition
    • G06K7/1408Methods for optical code recognition the method being specifically adapted for the type of code
    • G06K7/14131D bar codes
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06KGRAPHICAL DATA READING; PRESENTATION OF DATA; RECORD CARRIERS; HANDLING RECORD CARRIERS
    • G06K7/00Methods or arrangements for sensing record carriers, e.g. for reading patterns
    • G06K7/10Methods or arrangements for sensing record carriers, e.g. for reading patterns by electromagnetic radiation, e.g. optical sensing; by corpuscular radiation
    • G06K7/14Methods or arrangements for sensing record carriers, e.g. for reading patterns by electromagnetic radiation, e.g. optical sensing; by corpuscular radiation using light without selection of wavelength, e.g. sensing reflected white light
    • G06K7/1404Methods for optical code recognition
    • G06K7/1408Methods for optical code recognition the method being specifically adapted for the type of code
    • G06K7/14172D bar codes
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06VIMAGE OR VIDEO RECOGNITION OR UNDERSTANDING
    • G06V20/00Scenes; Scene-specific elements
    • G06V20/50Context or environment of the image
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B6/00Light guides; Structural details of arrangements comprising light guides and other optical elements, e.g. couplings
    • G02B6/24Coupling light guides
    • G02B6/36Mechanical coupling means
    • G02B6/38Mechanical coupling means having fibre to fibre mating means
    • G02B6/3807Dismountable connectors, i.e. comprising plugs
    • G02B6/3833Details of mounting fibres in ferrules; Assembly methods; Manufacture
    • G02B6/3847Details of mounting fibres in ferrules; Assembly methods; Manufacture with means preventing fibre end damage, e.g. recessed fibre surfaces
    • G02B6/3849Details of mounting fibres in ferrules; Assembly methods; Manufacture with means preventing fibre end damage, e.g. recessed fibre surfaces using mechanical protective elements, e.g. caps, hoods, sealing membranes
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B6/00Light guides; Structural details of arrangements comprising light guides and other optical elements, e.g. couplings
    • G02B6/24Coupling light guides
    • G02B6/36Mechanical coupling means
    • G02B6/38Mechanical coupling means having fibre to fibre mating means
    • G02B6/3807Dismountable connectors, i.e. comprising plugs
    • G02B6/389Dismountable connectors, i.e. comprising plugs characterised by the method of fastening connecting plugs and sockets, e.g. screw- or nut-lock, snap-in, bayonet type
    • G02B6/3893Push-pull type, e.g. snap-in, push-on
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B6/00Light guides; Structural details of arrangements comprising light guides and other optical elements, e.g. couplings
    • G02B6/24Coupling light guides
    • G02B6/36Mechanical coupling means
    • G02B6/38Mechanical coupling means having fibre to fibre mating means
    • G02B6/3807Dismountable connectors, i.e. comprising plugs
    • G02B6/389Dismountable connectors, i.e. comprising plugs characterised by the method of fastening connecting plugs and sockets, e.g. screw- or nut-lock, snap-in, bayonet type
    • G02B6/3894Screw-lock type
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B6/00Light guides; Structural details of arrangements comprising light guides and other optical elements, e.g. couplings
    • G02B6/44Mechanical structures for providing tensile strength and external protection for fibres, e.g. optical transmission cables
    • G02B6/4439Auxiliary devices
    • G02B6/444Systems or boxes with surplus lengths
    • G02B6/44528Patch-cords; Connector arrangements in the system or in the box

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of optical fiber communications, and in particular, to an optical fiber connector assembly, a label system, a label module, and an identification method.
  • the optical network includes a network node, and the network node includes a plurality of adapters, and each adapter is used for inserting a fixed optical fiber connector assembly.
  • the number of adapters included in network nodes is increasing. In order to ensure that optical signals can be accurately transmitted from the source node to the target node, it is necessary to accurately insert each optical fiber connector assembly into its corresponding adapter.
  • each optical fiber connector assembly inserted on the adapter can be identified by means of radio frequency identification (RFID).
  • RFID radio frequency identification
  • an RFID tag is added at the optical fiber connector assembly, and the optical fiber is identified by a special identification device.
  • the RFID tag of the connector assembly can identify the specific fiber optic connector assembly.
  • identifying the optical fiber connector assembly by RFID requires a dedicated identification device, which increases the cost of identifying the optical fiber connector assembly.
  • the identification device identifies a large number of optical fiber connector assemblies one by one, which reduces the efficiency of identifying the optical fiber connector assemblies.
  • the present application provides an optical fiber connector assembly, a labeling system, a labeling module and an identification method, which are used to improve the efficiency and accuracy of identifying the optical fiber connector assembly.
  • a first aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides an optical fiber connector assembly.
  • the optical fiber connector assembly includes an optical fiber connector body, a connector, and a label module.
  • the connector is respectively connected to the optical fiber connector body and the label module.
  • a label module is connected, the label module has a target surface, the target surface is located opposite to the optical fiber connector body, and the target surface is used for setting label information, and the label information is used to identify the optical fiber connector body .
  • the label module of the fiber optic connector assembly is provided with label information, through which the fiber optic connector body can be uniquely identified, and the label information is located within the camera range or line of sight, and the fiber optic connector can be accurately identified through the label information. ontology.
  • the label information can also identify whether the optical fiber connector body identified by the label information is accurately inserted into the corresponding adapter, which improves the accuracy of identifying whether the optical fiber connector body is accurately inserted into the corresponding adapter.
  • the target image including each label information can be obtained by photographing the sled with a terminal device with a camera (such as a smartphone). , through the target image, each optical fiber connector body identified by each label information in the target image can be identified, and no special device is required for identification, which effectively reduces the cost of identifying the optical fiber connector body identified by the label information. and complexity, and identify each optical fiber connector body identified by each label information included in the target image, which improves the efficiency of identification.
  • the optical fiber connector assembly can complete the setting of label information when the optical fiber connector assembly leaves the factory, which simplifies the operation steps on the construction site.
  • the optical fiber connector can be directly inserted into the corresponding adapter at the construction site, which improves the efficiency of installing the optical fiber connector assembly on the insert frame.
  • the label information may not be set when the optical fiber connector assembly leaves the factory, and the label information may be set on the target surface of the optical fiber connector assembly at the construction site.
  • the subframe will form a label array
  • the label array includes the label information of all the fiber optic connector assemblies that have been inserted into the subframe, because different fiber optic connector assemblies are located in the label array, and the label array as a whole is located in the visible Within the range or camera range, the optical fiber connector assembly can be identified by viewing or photographing the label array, and the identification process will not be interfered by other optical fiber connector assemblies or optical cables, thereby improving the identification efficiency and recognition accuracy.
  • the optical fiber connector body and the connector are integrally formed.
  • the optical fiber connector body includes a plug, an intermediate piece and a tail sleeve, and the intermediate piece is connected between the plug and the tail sleeve.
  • the connector, the label module and the plug of the optical fiber connector assembly are integrally formed, or the connector, the label module, the plug and the intermediate piece are integrally formed, or the connector and the label module are integrally formed
  • the intermediate piece is an integrally formed structure, and the integrally formed structure forms a casing, which effectively improves the structural stability of the optical fiber connector assembly, so that in the subsequent use of the network node, the label information of the optical fiber connector assembly does not change. There will be a situation of position deviation, thereby effectively ensuring that the label information can always be located within the line of sight or the camera range, and improving the accuracy of identifying the optical fiber connector body identified by the label information.
  • the optical fiber connector body includes a plug, an intermediate piece and a tail sleeve that are connected in sequence
  • the connecting piece includes a mounting groove and an extension rod, and one end of the extension rod is connected to The installation slot is connected, the other end of the extension rod is connected with the label module, and the installation slot is inserted to fix the middle piece.
  • the installation groove has a concave insertion space, and the insertion space is inserted and fixed to the middle piece.
  • an accommodating channel is formed between the installation groove, the extension rod, and the label module, and the accommodating channel accommodates the boot and part of the optical cable.
  • the accommodating channel set by the optical fiber connector assembly can effectively avoid blocking the label information of the label module within the camera range, thereby effectively ensuring the clarity and integrity of the label information, and improving the ability of the optical fiber connector to pass the label information.
  • the accuracy of the recognition by the ontology can effectively avoid blocking the label information of the label module within the camera range, thereby effectively ensuring the clarity and integrity of the label information, and improving the ability of the optical fiber connector to pass the label information.
  • a groove wall of the installation groove is provided with a holding protrusion
  • the middle piece is provided with a holding groove
  • the middle piece is inserted through the notch of the installation groove The notch extends along the axial direction of the optical fiber connector body until the retaining protrusion is clamped and fixed in the retaining groove.
  • the structure of the optical fiber connector assembly is effectively improved by matching the structure of the holding protrusion and the holding groove.
  • the connector further includes a snap cover, a slide rail is formed on the outer side of the slot, and a slide track is formed at the opposite position of the snap cover and the slide rail.
  • the connector includes a first member, a second member and a third member, and a first end of the first member forms a notch of the installation groove,
  • the notch extends along the axial direction of the optical fiber connector body, the second end of the first member is connected to the label module, the first end of the first member and the first end of the first member are connected.
  • the extension rod Between the two ends is the extension rod; the second member and the third member are located on opposite sides of the first end of the first member, and the third member covers the installation groove
  • the notch is provided, and the first member, the second member and the third member which are engaged with each other form the installation groove.
  • the fiber optic connector body can be In the case of plugging and unplugging from the adapter, the first member, the second member and the third member are directly combined on the optical fiber connector body to form the label assembly, so that the label assembly is assembled During installation on the fiber optic connector body, there is no need to interrupt the optical signal transmitted by the fiber optic connector body.
  • this aspect can maintain the optical fiber connector body in the adapter. Assembling effectively avoids the disconnection of the network during the installation of the label assembly.
  • the groove wall of the installation groove is provided with a cut groove along the axial direction of the optical fiber connector body, and the gap of the cut groove is changed under the action of an external force, Until the middle piece is snapped and fixed in the installation groove.
  • the installation groove can be made of elastic material, so that the gap of the cut groove can be changed under the action of external force until the middle piece is snapped and fixed in the installation groove.
  • the structural stability of the optical fiber connector assembly is effectively improved.
  • the installation groove has a first channel opening and a second channel opening that are opposite to each other along the axial position of the optical fiber connector body;
  • the connector further includes a plurality of Elastic arms, the first ends of the plurality of elastic arms are connected with the second channel opening, and the second ends of the plurality of elastic arms are close to each other; the accommodation formed between the plurality of elastic arms that are close to each other Space is used to accommodate the middleware.
  • an annular groove is provided on the outer peripheral surface of the intermediate piece, and when the plurality of elastic arms are inserted into the annular groove, the installation A slot is connected to the middle piece.
  • the first channel port is provided with a limiting protrusion in a direction toward the plug, and a limiting protrusion is provided at a position of the intermediate piece corresponding to the limiting protrusion a groove, and the limiting protrusion is inserted into the limiting groove to limit the rotation of the installation groove.
  • the connector has a first channel
  • the label module has a second channel
  • the first channel communicates with the second channel
  • the optical cable passes through the The first channel and the second channel are extended.
  • the optical fiber connector assembly includes an elastic arm, one end of the elastic arm is connected to the optical fiber connector assembly, and the other end of the elastic arm is connected to the optical fiber There is a gap between the connector assemblies; the optical fiber connector assembly further includes an unlocking member connected with the connecting member, the unlocking member includes a resisting end and an acting end, and the contacting end and the acting end are between Connected by a transition rod, the abutting end abuts the elastic arm, the acting end extends to a position close to the target surface, and the acting end drives the abutting end to the target surface under the action of an external force.
  • the elastic arm exerts a force to change the size of the gap.
  • the connecting piece is provided with a rotating protrusion
  • the transition rod is provided with a rotating hole
  • the unlocking member rotates around the rotation hole
  • the purpose of remotely inserting the optical fiber connector assembly into the adapter can be realized by the unlocking piece, and the purpose of remotely pulling the optical fiber connector assembly from the adapter can also be realized.
  • the process of plugging and unplugging the optical fiber connector assembly no construction is required
  • the hand of the personnel exerts force on the area of the plug, thereby improving the operation efficiency of plugging and unplugging the fiber optic connector assembly, and the remote operation of the fiber optic connector assembly prevents the construction personnel's hands from touching the fiber optic connector.
  • the possibility of failures caused by the optical fiber connector components and optical cables under the action of external force is avoided, and the safety is improved.
  • an outer wall of the connector is concavely formed with a fiber passage.
  • the fiber passage can avoid the extension direction of the optical cable connected by the second optical fiber connector assembly 402, and can effectively avoid the optical cable connected by the second optical fiber connector assembly 402 and the first optical fiber connector assembly.
  • the possibility of hard contact between 401 effectively improves the safety of the optical cable to which the second optical fiber connector assembly 402 is connected.
  • a second aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a labeling system
  • the labeling system includes a subframe
  • the subframe includes a plurality of adapters
  • the plurality of adapters include a first adapter
  • the optical fiber connector assembly is inserted into the
  • the fiber optic connector assembly includes a fiber optic connector body, a connector and a label module
  • the connector is respectively connected with the fiber optic connector body and the label module
  • the label module has a target surface , the target surface is opposite to the optical fiber connector body, and the target surface is used for setting label information
  • the label information is used to identify the optical fiber connector body.
  • the plurality of adapters include a second adapter
  • the labeling system further includes an identification component
  • the identification component includes a dustproof plug, an extension, and an identification module
  • the The dust-proof plug is inserted into the second adapter, and the extension piece is respectively connected with the dust-proof plug and the identification module
  • the identification module has an identification surface, and the identification surface is located at the position of the second adapter.
  • the identification surface is used to indicate the position of the second adapter in the receptacle.
  • an outer wall of the extension member is concavely formed with a fiber passage.
  • the labeling system further includes a mark structure, and the mark structure is used to indicate the identity of the first adapter, the location information of the first adapter, and the label Correspondence of location information of information.
  • the optical fiber connector body and the connector are integrally formed.
  • the optical fiber connector body includes a plug, an intermediate piece, and a tail sleeve that are connected in sequence
  • the connecting piece includes a mounting groove and an extension rod, and one end of the extension rod is connected to The installation slot is connected, the other end of the extension rod is connected with the label module, and the installation slot is inserted to fix the middle piece.
  • the installation groove has a concave insertion space, and the insertion space is inserted and fixed to the middle piece.
  • an accommodating channel is formed between the installation groove, the extension rod, and the label module, and the accommodating channel accommodates the boot and part of the optical cable.
  • a groove wall of the installation groove is provided with a holding protrusion
  • the middle piece is provided with a holding groove
  • the middle piece is inserted through the notch of the installation groove The notch extends along the axial direction of the optical fiber connector body until the retaining protrusion is clamped and fixed in the retaining groove.
  • the connector further includes a snap cover, a slide rail is formed on the outer side of the slot, and a slide track is formed at the position of the snap cover and the slide rail opposite to the slide rail.
  • the connector includes a first member, a second member, and a third member, and a first end of the first member forms a notch of the installation groove,
  • the notch extends along the axial direction of the optical fiber connector body, the second end of the first member is connected to the label module, the first end of the first member and the first end of the first member are connected.
  • the extension rod Between the two ends is the extension rod; the second member and the third member are located on opposite sides of the first end of the first member, and the third member covers the installation groove
  • the notch is provided, and the first member, the second member and the third member which are engaged with each other form the installation groove.
  • the groove wall of the installation groove is provided with a cut groove along the axial direction of the optical fiber connector body, and the gap of the cut groove is changed under the action of external force, Until the middle piece is snapped and fixed in the installation groove.
  • the installation groove has a first channel port and a second channel port opposite to each other along the axial position of the optical fiber connector body;
  • the connector further includes a plurality of Elastic arms, the first ends of the plurality of elastic arms are connected with the second channel opening, and the second ends of the plurality of elastic arms are close to each other; the accommodation formed between the plurality of elastic arms that are close to each other Space is used to accommodate the middleware.
  • annular groove is provided on the outer peripheral surface of the intermediate piece, and when the plurality of elastic arms are inserted into the annular groove, the installation A slot is connected to the middle piece.
  • the first channel port is provided with a limit protrusion in a direction toward the plug, and a limit is provided at the position of the intermediate piece corresponding to the limit protrusion a groove, and the limiting protrusion is inserted into the limiting groove to limit the rotation of the installation groove.
  • the connector has a first channel
  • the label module has a second channel
  • the first channel communicates with the second channel
  • the optical cable passes through the The first channel and the second channel are extended.
  • the optical fiber connector assembly includes an elastic arm, one end of the elastic arm is connected to the optical fiber connector assembly, and the other end of the elastic arm is connected to the optical fiber There is a gap between the connector assemblies; the optical fiber connector assembly further includes an unlocking member connected with the connecting member, the unlocking member includes a resisting end and an acting end, and the contacting end and the acting end are between Connected by a transition rod, the abutting end abuts the elastic arm, the acting end extends to a position close to the target surface, and the acting end drives the abutting end to the target surface under the action of an external force.
  • the elastic arm exerts a force to change the size of the gap.
  • the connecting piece is provided with a rotating protrusion
  • the transition rod is provided with a rotating hole
  • the unlocking member rotates around the rotation hole
  • an outer wall of the connector is concavely formed with a fiber passage.
  • a third aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a label assembly, which is applied to an optical fiber connector body, the label assembly includes a connector and a label module, the connector is connected to the label module, and the label module has a target The target surface is opposite to the connector, and the target surface is used to set label information, and the label information is used to identify the optical fiber connector body.
  • the connector includes an installation groove and an extension rod, one end of the extension rod is connected to the installation groove, and the other end of the extension rod is connected to the label module connection, the installation groove is inserted with a middle piece for fixing the optical fiber connector body.
  • the installation groove has a concave insertion space, and the insertion space is inserted and fixed to the middle piece.
  • an accommodating channel is formed between the installation groove, the extension rod, and the label module, and the accommodating channel accommodates the boot and part of the optical fiber connector body fiber optic cable.
  • a groove wall of the installation groove is provided with a holding protrusion
  • the middle piece is provided with a holding groove
  • the middle piece is inserted through the notch of the installation groove The notch extends along the axial direction of the optical fiber connector body until the retaining protrusion is clamped and fixed in the retaining groove.
  • the connector further includes a snap cover, a slide rail is formed on the outer side of the slot, and a slide track is formed at the position of the snap cover and the slide rail opposite to the slide rail.
  • the connector includes a first member, a second member, and a third member, and a first end of the first member forms a notch of the installation groove,
  • the notch extends along the axial direction of the optical fiber connector body, the second end of the first member is connected to the label module, the first end of the first member and the first end of the first member are connected.
  • the extension rod Between the two ends is the extension rod; the second member and the third member are located on opposite sides of the first end of the first member, and the third member covers the installation groove
  • the notch is provided, and the first member, the second member and the third member which are engaged with each other form the installation groove.
  • the groove wall of the installation groove is provided with a cut groove along the axial direction of the optical fiber connector body, and the gap of the cut groove is changed under the action of external force, Until the middle piece is snapped and fixed in the installation groove.
  • the installation groove has a first channel opening and a second channel opening that are opposite to each other along the axial position of the optical fiber connector body;
  • the connector further includes a plurality of Elastic arms, the first ends of the plurality of elastic arms are connected with the second channel opening, and the second ends of the plurality of elastic arms are close to each other; the accommodation formed between the plurality of elastic arms that are close to each other Space is used to accommodate the middleware.
  • the connector has a first channel
  • the label module has a second channel
  • the first channel is communicated with the second channel
  • the optical cable passes through the first channel.
  • a channel and the second channel extend.
  • the label assembly further includes an unlocking member connected to the connecting member, the unlocking member includes a resisting end and an acting end, the resisting end and the The working ends are connected by a transition rod, the abutting end abuts the elastic arm of the optical fiber connector body, the working end extends to a position close to the target surface, and the working end is under the action of external force , driving the abutting end to exert a force on the elastic arm, so as to change the size of the gap between the elastic arm and the optical fiber connector body.
  • the connecting piece is provided with a rotating protrusion
  • the transition rod is provided with a rotating hole
  • the unlocking member rotates around the rotation hole
  • an outer wall of the connector is concavely formed with a fiber passage.
  • a fourth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides an identification method, the method includes: acquiring a target image, where the target image is an image obtained by a camera shooting a frame; acquiring label information and The corresponding relationship of the first target adapter, the insert frame is used for fixing the first target adapter, and the first target adapter is used for inserting the optical fiber connector assembly, and the optical fiber connector assembly includes an optical fiber for identifying the optical fiber.
  • the label information for the connector assembly includes: acquiring a target image, where the target image is an image obtained by a camera shooting a frame; acquiring label information and The corresponding relationship of the first target adapter, the insert frame is used for fixing the first target adapter, and the first target adapter is used for inserting the optical fiber connector assembly, and the optical fiber connector assembly includes an optical fiber for identifying the optical fiber.
  • the label information for the connector assembly includes: acquiring a target image, where the target image is an image obtained by a camera shooting a frame; acquiring label information and The corresponding relationship of the first target adapt
  • the optical fiber connectors inserted into all the first target adapters included in the insert frame can be identified through the target image, and by identifying the corresponding relationship between the label information and the first target adapter, In order to facilitate the batch input and digital processing of the adapter of the plug-in frame and the inserted optical fiber connector assembly.
  • the method further includes: determining that the label information has a corresponding second target adapter according to a first preset correspondence relationship, where the first preset correspondence relationship includes all the corresponding relationship between the label information and the identifier of the second target adapter; after obtaining the corresponding relationship between the label information and the first target adapter according to the target image, the method further includes: judging the first target adapter. Whether the identifier is the same as the identifier of the second target adapter; if so, determine that the first target adapter is the second target adapter.
  • the method shown in this aspect it is possible to identify whether the first target adapter into which the optical fiber connector assembly identified by the label information is inserted is the exact second target adapter that the optical fiber connector assembly should be inserted into. , can identify whether all the adapters included in the insert frame have been inserted into the correct fiber optic connector body through the target image batch identification, improve the accuracy and efficiency of identification, and in the process of identification, no need to use a special identification device Whether the optical fiber connector assembly has been inserted into its corresponding adapter for identification, the operation difficulty of identification is reduced, and the identification efficiency is improved.
  • the obtaining the correspondence between the label information and the first target adapter according to the target image includes: determining the position of the label information in the label array according to the target image information, the label array is an array formed by at least part of the label surface inserted on the insert frame and the label information, and any row included in the label array contains at least one of the label information or the label surface, any column included in the label array includes at least one of the label information or the identification surface, the insert frame further includes a third target adapter, the third target adapter is used for inserting the identification component, the The identification surface of the identification component is used to indicate the position of the third target adapter in the insert frame; and the corresponding first target adapter is determined according to the position information of the label information in the label array.
  • the determining the corresponding first target adapter according to the position information of the tag information in the tag array includes: according to the tag information, in the The position information in the label array determines the position information of the first target adapter in the adapter array, and the adapter array is an array formed by at least part of the adapters inserted on the subframe; according to the first target adapter The identification of the first target adapter is obtained from the position information in the adapter array and the first correspondence, where the first correspondence includes the position information of the first target adapter in the adapter array and the first correspondence. A correspondence between the identifiers of a target adapter.
  • the determining the corresponding first target adapter according to the position information of the tag information in the tag array includes: according to the tag information, in the The identification of the first target adapter is obtained from the position information in the tag array and a second correspondence relationship, and the second correspondence includes the position information of the tag information in the tag array and the identification of the first target adapter corresponding relationship.
  • the method further includes: determining that the first target adapter has corresponding target label information according to a second preset correspondence relationship, where the second preset correspondence relationship includes The corresponding relationship between the identifier of the first target adapter and the target label information; after obtaining the corresponding relationship between the label information and the first target adapter according to the target image, the method further includes: judging whether the label information is It is the same as the target tag information; if yes, the tag information is determined to be the target tag information.
  • the obtaining the corresponding relationship between the label information and the first target adapter according to the target image includes: obtaining a label structure in the target image; Determine the position information of the target area, the target area and the mark structure have a target relative positional relationship, the target area corresponds to the first target adapter, and there is a relationship between the first target adapter and the mark structure having the relative position relationship of the target; acquiring the label information in the target area.
  • the method further includes: if there is no target area within the target area After the label information is acquired, it is determined that the first target adapter is an adapter to which the optical fiber connector assembly is not inserted.
  • a fifth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where a software program is stored in the storage medium, and when the software program is read and executed by one or more processors, the above-mentioned fourth aspect can be implemented Methods.
  • a sixth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a chip, where the chip includes a processor for implementing the method provided in the fourth aspect.
  • the chip also includes a memory for program instructions and data executed by the processor.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an optical network provided by the application.
  • FIG. 2 is an exemplary structural diagram of an embodiment of a network node provided by the application in Embodiment 1;
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of the network node provided by the application in Embodiment 1;
  • FIG. 4 is an exemplary structural diagram of an embodiment of a network node provided with an optical fiber connector assembly in Embodiment 1 provided by the application;
  • FIG. 5 is an exemplary structural diagram of an embodiment of the optical fiber connector assembly provided by the application in Embodiment 1;
  • FIG. 6 is a structural example diagram of another embodiment of the optical fiber connector assembly provided by the application in Embodiment 1;
  • FIG. 7 is a structural example diagram of another embodiment of the optical fiber connector assembly provided by the application in Embodiment 1;
  • FIG. 8 is a structural example diagram of another embodiment of the optical fiber connector assembly provided by the application in Embodiment 1;
  • FIG. 9 is an example diagram of an application scenario of the optical fiber connector assembly provided by the application in Embodiment 1;
  • FIG. 10 is an example diagram of another application scenario of the optical fiber connector assembly provided by the application in Embodiment 1;
  • FIG. 11 is a structural example diagram of another embodiment of the optical fiber connector assembly provided by the application in Embodiment 1;
  • FIG. 12 is an example diagram of an exploded structure of an embodiment of the optical fiber connector assembly provided by the application in Embodiment 2;
  • FIG. 13 is an exemplary partial cross-sectional structural diagram of an embodiment of the optical fiber connector assembly provided by the application in Embodiment 2;
  • FIG. 14 is an exemplary structural diagram of an embodiment of the optical fiber connector assembly provided by the application in Embodiment 2;
  • FIG. 15 is an exemplary structural diagram of an embodiment of the optical fiber connector assembly provided by the application in Embodiment 3;
  • FIG. 16 is a structural example diagram of another embodiment of the optical fiber connector assembly provided by the application in Embodiment 3;
  • FIG. 17 is a structural example diagram of another embodiment of the optical fiber connector assembly provided by the application in Embodiment 3;
  • FIG. 18 is a structural example diagram of another embodiment of the optical fiber connector assembly provided by the application in Embodiment 3;
  • FIG. 19 is a structural example diagram of another embodiment of the optical fiber connector assembly provided by the application in Embodiment 3;
  • FIG. 20 is an exemplary partial structural diagram of an embodiment of the optical fiber connector assembly provided by the application in Embodiment 4;
  • FIG. 21 is an exemplary partial structure diagram of another embodiment of the optical fiber connector assembly provided by the application in the fourth embodiment.
  • FIG. 22 is an exemplary structural diagram of an embodiment of the optical fiber connector assembly provided by the application in Embodiment 4.
  • FIG. 23 is an example diagram of an exploded structure of an embodiment of the optical fiber connector assembly provided by the application in Embodiment 4;
  • FIG. 24 is an exemplary structural diagram of an embodiment of the optical fiber connector assembly provided by the application in Embodiment 4.
  • FIG. 25 is a structural example diagram of another embodiment of the optical fiber connector assembly provided by the application in Embodiment 4.
  • FIG. 26 is a structural example diagram of another embodiment of the optical fiber connector assembly provided by the application in Embodiment 4.
  • FIG. 27 is a structural example diagram of another embodiment of the optical fiber connector assembly provided by the application in Embodiment 4.
  • FIG. 28 is an exemplary partial cross-sectional structure diagram of another embodiment of the optical fiber connector assembly provided by the application in Embodiment 4;
  • FIG. 29 is an exemplary partial structural diagram of an embodiment of the optical fiber connector assembly provided by the application in Embodiment 5;
  • FIG. 30 is an exemplary structural diagram of an embodiment of the optical fiber connector assembly provided by the application in Embodiment 5;
  • FIG. 31 is a structural example diagram of another embodiment of the optical fiber connector assembly provided by the application in Embodiment 5;
  • FIG. 32 is a structural example diagram of another embodiment of the optical fiber connector assembly provided by the application in Embodiment 5;
  • FIG. 33 is an exemplary partial structural diagram of an embodiment of the optical fiber connector assembly provided by the application in Embodiment 6;
  • FIG. 35 is an exemplary structural diagram of an embodiment of the optical fiber connector assembly provided by the application in Embodiment 6;
  • FIG. 36 is a structural example diagram of another embodiment of the optical fiber connector assembly provided by the application in Embodiment 6;
  • FIG. 37 is a structural example diagram of another embodiment of the optical fiber connector assembly provided by the application in Embodiment 6;
  • FIG. 39 is an exemplary structural diagram of an embodiment of the optical fiber connector assembly provided by the application in Embodiment 7;
  • FIG. 40 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of a network node provided with an optical fiber connector assembly in Embodiment 7 provided by the application;
  • FIG. 41 is an exemplary partial structural diagram of an embodiment of the optical fiber connector assembly provided by the application in Embodiment 8;
  • FIG. 42 is an exemplary partial structure diagram of another embodiment of the optical fiber connector assembly provided by the application in Embodiment 8;
  • FIG. 43 is an exemplary structural diagram of an embodiment of the optical fiber connector assembly provided by the application in Embodiment 8;
  • FIG. 44 is a structural example diagram of another embodiment of the optical fiber connector assembly provided by the application in Embodiment 8.
  • FIG. 45 is a structural example diagram of another embodiment of the optical fiber connector assembly provided by the application in Embodiment 8.
  • FIG. 46 is an exemplary structural diagram of an embodiment of the labeling system provided by the application in Embodiment 9;
  • FIG. 47 is an exemplary structural diagram of an embodiment of the adapter provided by the application in Embodiment 9;
  • FIG. 48 is an exemplary structural diagram of an embodiment of the optical fiber connector assembly provided in the application and inserted into the adapter in Embodiment 9;
  • FIG. 49 is a structural example diagram of another embodiment of the optical fiber connector assembly provided in the application and inserted into the adapter in Embodiment 9;
  • FIG. 50 is a flowchart of steps of an embodiment of the identification method provided by the application in Embodiment 10;
  • FIG. 51A is an example diagram of an embodiment of the coordinate system including the insert frame provided by the application in Embodiment 10;
  • FIG. 51B is an example diagram of another embodiment of the coordinate system including the insert frame provided by the application in Embodiment 10;
  • FIG. 52 is an exemplary structural diagram of an embodiment of the labeling system provided by the application in Embodiment 11;
  • FIG. 53 is an exemplary structural diagram of an embodiment of the identification component provided by the application in Embodiment 11;
  • FIG. 54 is an exemplary structural diagram of another embodiment of the identification component provided by the application in Embodiment 11;
  • FIG. 55 is a structural example diagram of another embodiment of the identification component provided by the application in Embodiment 11;
  • FIG. 56 is a flowchart of steps of an embodiment of the identification method provided by the application in Embodiment 12.
  • FIG. 56 is a flowchart of steps of an embodiment of the identification method provided by the application in Embodiment 12.
  • the present application provides an optical fiber connector assembly. Based on the optical fiber connector assembly provided by the present application, the optical fiber connector assembly can be accurately and efficiently identified, effectively ensuring that the optical fiber connector assembly can accurately transmit optical signals.
  • the following first describes the optical network system to which the optical fiber connector assembly is applied:
  • FIG. 1 is a structural example diagram of an embodiment of an optical network provided by the present application.
  • the present application takes the application of the optical fiber connector assembly in the passive optical network (passive optical network, PON) system as an example to illustrate:
  • the PON system includes an optical line terminal (optical line terminal, OLT) 101, and the OLT 101 is used to provide a network-side interface for an optical access network (optical access network, OAN).
  • OLT 101 is connected to upper-layer network-side devices (such as switches, routers, etc.), and the lower layer is connected to one or more optical distribution networks (ODN) 102 .
  • ODN optical distribution networks
  • the ODN102 includes a passive optical splitter for optical power distribution, a trunk optical cable connected between the passive optical splitter and the OLT101, and the trunk optical cable is used to realize the transmission of optical signals between the OLT101 and the ODN102 , the ODN102 also includes a branch optical cable connected between the passive optical splitter and the optical network unit (optical network unit, ONU) 103, and the branch optical cable is used to realize the optical signal between the ODN102 and the ONU103. transmission.
  • ONU optical network unit
  • the ODN102 transmits the downlink optical signal from the OLT101 to each ONU through the passive optical splitter.
  • the ODN aggregates the upstream optical signal from the ONU103 and transmits it to the OLT101.
  • ONU103 provides a user-side interface for OAN and is connected to ODN102 at the same time. If the ONU 103 provides user port functions at the same time, for example, the ONU provides an Ethernet (Ethernet) user port or a traditional telephone service (plain old telephone service, POTS) user port, it is called an optical network termination (optical network termination, ONT). In this application, ONUs or ONTs are collectively referred to as optical network units ONUs.
  • Ethernet Ethernet
  • POTS plain old telephone service
  • ONT optical network termination
  • the optical cable output from the OLT101 is connected to an optical distribution frame (optical distribution frame, ODF) unit 104 included in the ODN 102, and the ODF unit 104 may include one or more ODFs.
  • ODF optical distribution frame
  • the output optical cable is connected to an optical fiber distribution terminal (fiber distribution terminal, FDT) unit 105, and the FDT unit 105 may include one or more FDTs.
  • FDT optical fiber distribution terminal
  • the FDT unit 105 is used for secondary distribution of optical cables.
  • the management scope of an FDT unit 105 may be a cell, a street, or a building, and the FDT unit 105 can be selected according to the number of users that the FDT unit 105 needs to manage The number of fiber optic connector assemblies connected.
  • the FDT unit 105 is connected to an optical fiber access terminal (fiber access terminal, FAT) unit 106 through an optical cable, and the FAT unit 106 includes one or more FATs.
  • FAT optical fiber access terminal
  • the FAT unit 106 is connected to the ONU 103, wherein the FAT unit 106 is a user access point for connecting a home optical cable, and the home segment optical cable refers to the section of the optical cable from the FAT unit 106 to the user's home.
  • the optical fiber connector assembly provided in this application can be connected to scenarios such as patch fibers or pigtail fibers.
  • the fiber jumper can be applied to the ODF unit 104, the FDT unit 105 or the FAT unit 106, which is not specifically limited.
  • the fiber jumper is connected in any of the following scenarios:
  • ODF unit 104 It is connected between two interconnected ODFs included in the ODF unit 104, between different adapters of the same ODF, between the OLT 101 and the ODF, and between the FDT unit 105. Between two interconnected FDTs, between different adapters of the same FDT, between two interconnected FATs included in the FAT unit 106, between the FAT unit 106 and an access terminal box (access terminal box, ATB) or connected between the FAT unit 106 and the ONU 103.
  • ATB access terminal box
  • the two ends of the fiber jumper are respectively connected with a first optical fiber connector assembly and a second optical fiber connector assembly. It can be seen that the first optical fiber connector assembly and the second optical fiber connector assembly are connected to different adapters of the same FDT. , such as Adapter A and Adapter B.
  • the fiber jumper cannot realize the optical signal transmission. transmission.
  • optical fiber connector assembly provided by the present application can effectively improve the efficiency and accuracy of identifying whether the optical fiber connector assembly is accurately inserted into the corresponding adapter.
  • the optical fiber connector assembly provided in the present application has various implementation embodiments. For better understanding, each embodiment will be described below one by one.
  • the network nodes shown in FIG. 2, FIG. 3, and FIG. 4 are structural diagrams of the network nodes from different perspectives, and the network nodes shown in this embodiment may be OLT, ONU, ODF, FDT or FAT, this embodiment does not limit the specific type of the network node.
  • the network node includes a subrack 200 on which a plurality of adapters are fixed, and the adapters are used for inserting and fixing optical fiber connector assemblies, such as the optical fiber connector assembly 203, the optical fiber connector assembly 401 and the optical fiber shown in FIG. 4 .
  • Connector assembly 402 is used for inserting and fixing optical fiber connector assemblies, such as the optical fiber connector assembly 203, the optical fiber connector assembly 401 and the optical fiber shown in FIG. 4 .
  • the adapter 201 has a socket, and the socket is used for inserting and fixing the optical fiber connector assembly 203 .
  • the optical signal interaction can be performed between the optical fiber connector assembly 203 and the network node.
  • the subrack 200 shown in this embodiment may be a high-density subrack, wherein the high-density subrack refers to a unit area of the subrack panel where multiple optical fiber connector assemblies are inserted, and adjacent optical fiber connector assemblies The gap between them is small.
  • the high-density subrack refers to a unit area of the subrack panel where multiple optical fiber connector assemblies are inserted, and adjacent optical fiber connector assemblies The gap between them is small.
  • the plurality of adapters included in the sub-frame 200 form an adapter array, and the adapter array includes N rows of adapters arranged along the lateral direction 204 of the sub-frame 200 , and the adapter array also includes a vertical direction of the sub-frame 200 . 205 array of M-column adapters.
  • the horizontal direction 204 and the vertical direction 205 are perpendicular to each other, and the specific values of M and N are not limited in this embodiment.
  • the optical fiber connector assembly 500 includes an optical fiber connector body 501 , a connector 502 and a label module 503 .
  • the optical fiber connector body 501 has a plug 504, an intermediate piece 512 and a tail sleeve 505, the intermediate piece 512 is connected between the plug 504 and the tail sleeve 505, and the tail sleeve 505 is connected with the optical cable 506, wherein all the The optical cable 506 is connected with the optical cable located inside the optical fiber connector body 501, so as to realize the transmission of optical signals.
  • the plug 504 is used to be inserted into the adapter to realize the connection between the optical fiber connector assembly 500 and the adapter.
  • the connector 502 , the label module 503 and the plug 504 shown in this embodiment are integrally formed, or the connector 502 , the label module 503 , the plug 504 and the middle piece 512 are integrally formed, or all The connecting piece 502 , the label module 503 and the middle piece 512 are integrally formed.
  • the connector 502 is connected to the optical fiber connector body 501 and the label module 503 respectively. Specifically, the first end of the connector 502 is connected to the plug 504, and the second end of the connector 502 is connected to the plug 504. Connect with the label module 503 . In addition, the second end of the connector 502 shown in this embodiment is located near the boot 505 , and a receiving channel 507 is formed between the plug 504 , the connector 502 and the label module 503 . (As shown in FIG. 6 ), the accommodating channel 507 is used for accommodating the tail sleeve 505 and part of the optical cable 506 connected to the tail sleeve 505 .
  • the type of the optical fiber connector body 501 described in this embodiment is not limited.
  • the type of the optical fiber connector body 501 shown in this embodiment is any one of the following:
  • FC metal connector
  • client connector subscriber connector, SC
  • small head lucent connector
  • LC small head
  • straight tip straight tip
  • ST straight tip
  • FDDI fiber distributed data interface
  • an accommodating channel 507 is formed between the plug 504 , the connector 502 and the label module 503 as an example for illustrative description.
  • the boot 505 is not accommodated between the plug 504 , the connector 502 and the tag module 503 .
  • the label module 503 shown in this embodiment is used to indicate the optical fiber connector body 501 .
  • the label module 503 has a target surface 601 , and the target surface 601 is in the same position as the optical fiber connector body 501 .
  • the target surface 601 is used to set label information, and the label information is used to identify the optical fiber connector body 501 .
  • the label module 503 shown in this embodiment has an inner surface 602, and the inner surface 602 is disposed opposite to the optical fiber connector body 501, that is, the inner surface 602 is disposed facing the optical fiber connector body 501, and the optical fiber connector body 501 is disposed.
  • the target surface 601 and the inner side surface 602 are two sides of the label module 503 that are located opposite to each other. Further explanation from the angle of orientation shows that the inner surface 602 faces inward relative to the position of the optical fiber connector body 501 ; the target surface 601 faces outward relative to the position of the optical fiber connector body 501 .
  • the target surface 601 facing outward is the surface visible to the human eye 901 , and the inner surface 602 facing inward is not accessible to the human eye 901 . view surface.
  • the target surface 601 is opposite to the optical fiber connector body 501. Due to the blocking effect of the target surface 601 on the sight of the human eye 901, all or part of the optical fiber connector body 501 is invisible to the human eye 901. .
  • the target surface 601 blocks the human eye 901, causing all or part of the optical fiber connector body 501 to be invisible to the human eye 901 as an example for illustration, which is not limited, and can also be as shown in FIG.
  • the target surface 601 does not block the human eye 901, so that the optical fiber connector body 501 can be located within the visible range of the human eye. Specifically, it is not limited in this embodiment, as long as the orientation of the target surface 601 is outward.
  • each optical fiber connector assembly inserted into the sub-frame 200 is all located within the visible range of the human eye 901 .
  • the target surface 601 is located within the line of sight of the human eye 901 , and the target surface 601 shown in this embodiment is also located within the imaging range of the camera.
  • the camera 1000 takes a picture of the surface of the sub-frame 200, so the The acquired target image includes each adapter included in the subframe 200 .
  • the camera 1000 takes a picture of the surface of the sub-frame 200, and the obtained target image can completely and clearly capture the label information set on each target surface 601 .
  • the target surface 601 shown in this embodiment is located within the visible range of the human eye and/or within the imaging range of the camera. Exemplary illustration.
  • the target surface 601 is parallel to the surface of the sub-frame 200 (as shown in FIG. 4 ).
  • the angle between the target surface 601 and the surface of the sub-frame 200 may also be an obtuse angle, which is not limited in this embodiment, as long as the target surface 601 is located within the imaging range.
  • this embodiment takes the target surface 601 as a plane structure as an example for illustrative description.
  • the target surface 601 may also be a curved surface or any other shape, as long as the label set on the target surface 601 It is enough that the information is within the camera range.
  • the sub-frame 200 can be inserted with a plurality of optical fiber connector assemblies.
  • the angle between the target surface 601 of the label module 503 of each optical fiber connector assembly and the surface of the sub-frame 200 is used.
  • each target surface 601 has a uniform orientation, for example, each target surface 601 is parallel to the surface of the sub-frame 200, and each target surface 601 is located at on the same surface, making it easier for the camera to shoot. It is effectively ensured that the photos taken by the camera on the plug-in frame 200 can capture clear and complete label information.
  • the included angles between the target surfaces 601 of different label modules and the surface of the sub-frame 200 may also be unequal, as long as each target surface 601 is located within the imaging range.
  • each target surface 601 has a uniform orientation may also mean that the target surfaces 601 of the plurality of optical fiber connector assemblies that have been inserted into the sub-frame 200 are located on the same surface, and the same surface may be
  • the plane structure, the curved surface structure, the concave-convex structure, etc., are not specifically limited, as long as the multiple label information located on the same surface are all located within the visible range or the imaging range.
  • the label information shown in this embodiment can be set on the target surface 601 when the optical fiber connector assembly leaves the factory. Information is placed on the target surface 601 .
  • the label information for identifying the optical fiber connector body 501 is set on the target surface 601 , and the label information is not limited in this embodiment, as long as the label information can be used to identify the optical fiber connector body 501
  • the unique identification function can be used. That is, different label information can be used to identify different optical fiber connector bodies 501 .
  • the label information may be a two-dimensional code, a unique identifier, a barcode, or digital text information for uniquely identifying the optical fiber connector body 501 .
  • each label module 503 is located within the camera range, then the target image obtained by photographing the insert frame 200 with the camera can be obtained through the target image, including those already inserted on the insert frame 200.
  • the optical fiber connector body 501 identified by each label information can be determined based on the label information. It can be seen that the optical fiber connector body 501 is identified by the label information shown in this embodiment, The efficiency of identifying the optical fiber connector body 501 is effectively improved.
  • the label information on the target surface 601 shown in this embodiment is used to uniquely identify the fiber optic connector body 501, the label information needs to be complete and clear, and within the camera range, the label information cannot be blocked, otherwise the label information is blocked. In the case of occlusion, the camera cannot obtain clear and complete label information, which will directly lead to the inability to accurately determine the optical fiber connector body 501 identified by the label information, and the optical fiber connector assembly shown in this embodiment can effectively avoid
  • the occlusion of label information specifically, this embodiment can avoid the occlusion of label information in the following two ways:
  • the optical cable 506 connected to the boot 505 is extended through the guidance of the accommodating channel 507.
  • the accommodating channel 507 please refer to the above-mentioned FIG. 506 has a first extension part 603 and a second extension part 604, one end of the first extension part 604 is connected with the tail sleeve 505, and the other end of the first extension part 604 is connected with the second extension part 604,
  • the first extension portion 604 is inside the accommodating channel 507 and extends along the axial direction of the optical fiber connector body 501 .
  • first extension part 603 and the second extension part 604 there is a certain angle between the first extension part 603 and the second extension part 604, so that the second extension part 604 can protrude from the receiving channel 507, and the first extension part 603 and the second extension part 604 is that the label module 503 has a certain gap between the inner surfaces 602, so that the extension paths of the first extension part 603 and the second extension part 604 are isolated from the target surface 601, that is, the first extension part 603 and the extension paths of the second extension portion 604 are in a non-coplanar state with the target surface 601. It can be seen that within the camera range, the optical cable 506 will not block the label information, thereby effectively ensuring that the camera captures the information. The label information is clear and complete.
  • This method can realize that when a plurality of optical fiber connector assemblies have been inserted into the sub-frame 200, the optical cable connected to the first optical fiber connector assembly will not block another optical fiber connector assembly on the sub-frame 200, that is, the first optical fiber connector assembly. Labeling information for two fiber optic connector assemblies.
  • the first optical fiber connector assembly 401 shown in FIG. 4 is located in the first column of the optical fiber connector assembly array as an example for illustration, wherein the optical fiber connector assembly array includes all the optical fiber connections that have been inserted on the ferrule. device components. It should be made clear that the description of the position of the first optical fiber connector assembly 401 in the optical fiber connector assembly array in this embodiment is an optional example, which is not limited, that is, the first optical fiber connector assembly 401 can be Located anywhere in the fiber optic connector assembly array.
  • the second optical fiber connector assembly shown in this embodiment refers to that the path of the optical cable connected to the second optical fiber connector assembly passes through the first optical fiber connector assembly 401 , for example, the second optical fiber connector assembly 402 It is exemplified that the first optical fiber connector assembly 401 is located in the same column in the optical fiber connector assembly array, and the second optical fiber connector assembly 402 is located above the first optical fiber connector assembly 401 .
  • the second fiber optic connector assembly 402 and the first fiber optic connector assembly 401 may also be located in the same row in the fiber optic connector assembly array.
  • the outer wall of the connector 406 of the first optical fiber connector assembly 401 shown in this embodiment is concavely formed with a fiber passage 407, and the fiber passage 407 is used to Avoiding the extension direction of the optical cable connected to the second optical fiber connector assembly 402 can effectively avoid the possibility of hard contact between the optical cable connected to the second optical fiber connector assembly 402 and the first optical fiber connector assembly 401 , effectively The security of the optical fiber cable to which the second optical fiber connector assembly 402 is connected is greatly improved.
  • the fiber passage 407 can confine the optical cable connected to the second optical fiber connector assembly 402 within the optical fiber passage 407, thereby effectively preventing the optical cable connected to the second optical fiber connector assembly 402 from blocking the label information 408, thereby effectively preventing the label information 408 from being blocked.
  • the clarity and integrity of the label information 408 are effectively ensured.
  • This embodiment does not limit the formation method of the fiber passage, as long as the fiber passage can avoid the optical cables connected to other optical fiber connector assemblies, as shown in FIG.
  • the direction 409 is concave to form the fiber passage 407 as an example, wherein the direction 410 is the axial direction of the optical fiber connector body 411 as an example, and the direction 409 is a direction perpendicular to the direction 410 .
  • the connector 406 may also be concave in the direction 410 to form the fiber passage.
  • the label module of the optical fiber connector assembly is provided with label information, through which the optical fiber connector body can be uniquely identified, and the label information is located within the camera range or line of sight, The label information can accurately identify the fiber optic connector body.
  • the label information can also identify whether the optical fiber connector body identified by the label information is accurately inserted into the corresponding adapter, which improves the accuracy of identifying whether the optical fiber connector body is accurately inserted into the corresponding adapter.
  • the label information of each optical fiber connector assembly inserted on the sled is located in the camera range, then the target image including each label information can be obtained by photographing the sled with a terminal device with a camera (such as a smartphone).
  • a terminal device such as a smartphone
  • each optical fiber connector body identified by each label information in the target image can be identified, and no special device is required for identification, which effectively reduces the cost and cost of identifying the optical fiber connector body identified by the label information.
  • the recognition efficiency is improved by recognizing each optical fiber connector body identified by each label information included in the target image.
  • the optical fiber connector assembly shown in this embodiment effectively avoids the occlusion of the label information by the optical fiber cable within the camera range through the provided accommodating channel and the fiber passage channel, thereby effectively ensuring the clarity and integrity of the label information, and improving the The accuracy of identifying the optical fiber connector body through the label information is improved.
  • the connector, the label module, and the plug of the optical fiber connector assembly shown in this embodiment are integrally formed, or the connector, the label module, the plug, and the intermediate member are integrally formed, or the connection
  • the component, the label module and the middle piece are integrally formed, and the integrally formed structure forms a casing, which effectively improves the structural stability of the optical fiber connector assembly, so that in the subsequent use of the network node, the optical fiber connector assembly
  • the label information will not be shifted in position, thereby effectively ensuring that the label information can always be located within the line of sight or the camera range, and improving the accuracy of identifying the fiber optic connector body identified by the label information.
  • the optical fiber connector assembly can complete the setting of label information when the optical fiber connector assembly leaves the factory, which simplifies the operation steps on the construction site.
  • the optical fiber connector can be directly inserted into the corresponding adapter at the construction site, which improves the efficiency of installing the optical fiber connector assembly on the insert frame.
  • the label information may not be set when the optical fiber connector assembly leaves the factory, and the label information may be set on the target surface of the optical fiber connector assembly at the construction site.
  • the sub-frame shown in this embodiment will form a label array, and the label array includes the label information of all optical fiber connector assemblies that have been inserted into the sub-frame, because different optical fiber connector assemblies are located in the label array, and The label array as a whole is located in the visible range or the camera range, then the optical fiber connector assembly can be identified by viewing or photographing the label array, and the identification process will not be interfered by other optical fiber connector assemblies or optical cables. The efficiency of identification and the accuracy of identification are improved.
  • the outer casing of the optical fiber connector assembly shown in the first embodiment has an integral molding structure, while the optical fiber connector assembly shown in the second embodiment is a detachable connection structure.
  • the structure of the optical fiber connector assembly shown in this embodiment it can be The optical fiber connector body and the label assembly can be freely matched and installed as required, which improves the freedom of assembly of the optical fiber connector assembly.
  • the specific structure of the optical fiber connector assembly shown in this embodiment can be referred to as shown in FIG. 12 to FIG. 14 .
  • the optical fiber connector assembly 1200 shown in this embodiment includes an optical fiber connector body 1201 and a label assembly 1202 .
  • optical fiber connector body 1201 The structure of the optical fiber connector body 1201 will be described below. For the description of the type of the optical fiber connector body 1201 shown in this embodiment, reference may be made to the first embodiment, and details will not be repeated.
  • the optical fiber connector body 1201 includes a plug 1203, an intermediate piece 1204 and a tail sleeve 1405 which are connected in sequence.
  • the plug 1203 is used to be inserted into the adapter in the sub-frame.
  • the sub-frame and the adapter please refer to Embodiment 1, and details are not repeated.
  • the middle piece 1204 shown in this embodiment is connected between the plug 1203 and the tail sleeve 1405.
  • the tail sleeve 1405 please refer to the first embodiment, and details are not repeated.
  • the structure of the label assembly 1202 is described below:
  • the label assembly 1202 shown in this embodiment includes a connector and a label module 1206 connected to the connector.
  • a label module 1206 connected to the connector.
  • the label module 1206 please refer to Embodiment 1, and details are not repeated.
  • the connector includes an installation groove 1207 and an extension rod 1208 , one end of the extension rod 1208 is connected with the installation groove 1207 , and the other end of the extension rod 1208 is connected with the label module 1206 .
  • the installation slot 1207 shown in this embodiment is used for inserting and fixing the middle piece 1204 .
  • the installation slot 1207 shown in this embodiment has a concave insertion space 1209 , and the insertion space 1209 is used to insert and fix the middle piece 1204 .
  • a receiving channel 1210 is formed between the installation groove 1207 , the extension rod 1208 and the label module 1206 , and the receiving channel 1210 is used for The boot 1405 and part of the optical cable 1211 connected to the boot 1405 are accommodated.
  • the installation groove 1207 shown in this embodiment has a first channel opening 1213 and a second channel opening 1214 located opposite to each other along the axial direction 1212 of the optical fiber connector body 1201 . It can be seen that both the first channel port 1213 and the second channel port 1214 communicate with the insertion space 1209, the plug 1203 protrudes from the installation slot 1207 through the first channel port 1213, and the The second channel port 1214 communicates with the accommodating channel 1210 , so that the tail sleeve 1405 extending from the second channel port 1214 can be accommodated in the accommodating channel 1210 .
  • the installation groove 1207 has a notch 1215 .
  • the installation groove 1207 is provided with the notch 1215 away from the end face of the connector, and the notch 1215 communicates with the insertion space 1209 .
  • the notch 1215 extends along the axial direction 1212 of the fiber optic connector body 1201 .
  • the middle piece 1204 of the optical fiber connector body 1201 can be moved relative to the installation slot 1207 in the direction 1220 toward the slot 1215 until The middle piece 1204 is inserted into the installation groove 1207 to realize the connection between the middle piece 1204 and the installation groove 1207 .
  • the plug 1203 protrudes from the installation slot 1207 through the first channel opening 1213, and the tail sleeve 1405 passes through the first channel opening 1213.
  • the second channel port 1214 protrudes from the installation slot 1207 , so that the boot 1405 and a part of the optical cable connected to the boot 1405 can be accommodated in the accommodating channel 1210 .
  • the groove wall of the installation groove 1207 is provided with a holding protrusion 1301, and the middle piece 1204 is provided with a holding groove 1302.
  • the holding protrusion 1301 is held and fixed in the holding groove 1302 .
  • connection between the installation slot 1207 and the middle piece 1204 is taken as an example by means of snap-fit.
  • the installation slot 1207 and the middle piece 1204 can also be connected by magnetic connection, Any method such as elastic connection or bonding.
  • the magnetic connection can be as follows: a first magnetic member is arranged on the inner side wall of the installation slot 1207 , a second magnetic member is arranged on the outer side wall of the middle member 1204 , and the first magnetic member is connected to the The magnetic poles of the second magnetic member are different, so that the middle member 1204 is inserted and fixed in the installation slot 1207 in a state in which the first magnetic member and the second magnetic member are attracted and connected.
  • the elastic connection can be as follows: the installation groove 1207 is made of an elastic material, the gap of the slot 1215 of the installation groove 1207 can be changed under the action of external force, and the middle piece 1204 is inserted into the middle piece 1204. In the state of being inserted into the installation groove 1207 , the installation groove 1207 and the middle piece 1204 are tightly fitted with each other.
  • the bonding method may be, an adhesive layer may be arranged between the installation groove 1207 and the middle piece 1204, and the inner side wall of the installation groove 1207 and the outer side wall of the middle piece 1204 are realized by the glue layer. the connection between.
  • this embodiment does not limit the connection between the installation groove 1207 and the middle piece 1204, as long as the detachable connection between the installation groove 1207 and the middle piece 1204 can be achieved, that is, Can.
  • the label information of the label module 1206 is located in the visible range or the camera range, and the label information is located in the visible range and
  • the imaging range please refer to Embodiment 1 for details, and details will not be repeated.
  • the accommodating channel 1210 and the fiber passage channel provided by the optical fiber connector assembly can effectively avoid blocking the label information of the label module 1206 within the camera range, and the accommodating channel 1210 can be blocked.
  • the fiber passage please refer to Embodiment 1, and details are not repeated.
  • the label module of the optical fiber connector assembly is provided with label information, through which the optical fiber connector body can be uniquely identified, and the label information is located within the camera range or line of sight,
  • the label information can identify whether the optical fiber connector body identified by the label information is accurately inserted into the corresponding adapter, which improves the accuracy of identifying whether the optical fiber connector body is accurately inserted into the corresponding adapter.
  • the label information of each optical fiber connector assembly inserted on the sled is located in the camera range, then the target image including each label information can be obtained by photographing the sled with a terminal device with a camera (such as a smartphone).
  • a terminal device such as a smartphone
  • each optical fiber connector body identified by each label information in the target image can be identified, and no special device is required for identification, which effectively reduces the cost and cost of identifying the optical fiber connector body identified by the label information.
  • the recognition efficiency is improved by recognizing each optical fiber connector body identified by each label information included in the target image.
  • the optical fiber connector assembly shown in this embodiment effectively avoids the occlusion of the label information by the optical cable within the camera range through the provided accommodating channel and the fiber passage channel, thereby effectively ensuring the clarity and integrity of the label information, and improving the performance of the label information.
  • the accuracy of identifying the fiber optic connector body through the label information is effectively avoided.
  • the fiber optic connector assembly shown in this embodiment is a detachable connection structure, and the label assembly can be connected to the fiber optic connector body as required when leaving the factory or at the construction site, which improves the freedom of connection between the fiber optic connector body and the label assembly. Spend.
  • the connection between the label assembly and the optical fiber connector body can be realized, and the operation of connecting the label assembly to the optical fiber connector body is reduced. Difficulty, improve the operation efficiency.
  • the stability of the structure between the label assembly and the optical fiber connector body is effectively improved, so that in the subsequent use of the network node, the label information of the optical fiber connector assembly does not change. There will be a situation of position deviation, thereby effectively ensuring that the label information can always be located within the line of sight or the camera range, and improving the accuracy of identifying the optical fiber connector body identified by the label information.
  • the fiber optic connector assembly can be remotely inserted into the adapter by holding the two sides of the target surface of the label assembly by hand, and transferring the insertion force to the fiber optic connector body through the extension rod. It can also achieve the purpose of remotely pulling out the optical fiber connector assembly from the adapter. It can be seen that in the process of plugging and unplugging the optical fiber connector assembly, there is no need for the construction personnel to exert force on the area of the plug, thereby The operation efficiency of plugging and unplugging the optical fiber connector assembly is improved, and due to the remote operation of the optical fiber connector assembly, the construction personnel's hands are prevented from touching the optical fiber connector assembly and the optical fiber cable, and the optical fiber connector assembly and the optical fiber cable are avoided. The possibility of failure of the optical cable under the action of external force improves the safety.
  • the optical fiber connector assembly provided in the second embodiment has a detachable connection structure. Based on the second embodiment, this embodiment provides an optical fiber connector assembly that can effectively improve the structural stability of the optical fiber connector assembly.
  • the specific structure of the optical fiber connector assembly shown in this embodiment can be referred to as shown in FIG. 15 to FIG. 19 .
  • the optical fiber connector assembly 1500 shown in this embodiment includes an optical fiber connector body and a label assembly.
  • an optical fiber connector body for the description of the specific structure of the optical fiber connector body shown in this embodiment, please refer to Embodiment 2 for details, and details are not repeated in this embodiment.
  • the label assembly shown in this embodiment includes a connector and a label module 1501 connected to the connector.
  • a label module 1501 For the specific description of the label module 1501, please refer to Embodiment 1, which is not repeated in this embodiment.
  • the connector includes an installation slot 1502 and an extension rod 1503 , one end of the extension rod 1503 is connected to the installation slot 1502 , and the other end of the extension rod 1503 is connected to the label module 1501 .
  • the specific structures of the installation groove 1502 and the extension rod 1503 please refer to the second embodiment, which is not repeated in this embodiment.
  • the label assembly in order to improve the stability of the structure between the installation groove 1502 and the optical fiber connector body, the label assembly further includes a card cover 1504 .
  • the card cover 1504 is covered at the notch of the installation groove 1502, and the middle piece 1505, the installation For the notch of the groove 1502 and the description of the fixing method between the middle piece 1505 and the installation groove 1502, please refer to Embodiment 1, which is not repeated in this embodiment.
  • the middle piece 1505 of the optical fiber connector body in the state where the middle piece 1505 of the optical fiber connector body is inserted into the installation groove 1502 , due to the resisting effect of the card cover 1504 on the middle piece 1505 , it effectively improves the The structure between the middle piece 1505 and the installation groove 1502 is stable, so as to avoid the occurrence of the situation that the label assembly is detached from the optical fiber connector body.
  • connection method between the card cover 1504 and the installation slot 1502 is described below:
  • a slide rail 1506 is formed concavely on the outer side of the slot, and a slide rail 1507 is protruded at the position opposite the card cover 1504 and the slide rail 1506 .
  • the slide rail 1507 is inserted into the slide rail 1506 In the state, the slideway 1507 can slide along the slideway 1506 until the card cover 1504 is covered at the notch of the installation slot 1502 .
  • the direction 1509 is the axial direction of the optical fiber connector body.
  • connection mode between the card cover 1504 and the installation groove 1502 in this embodiment is an optional example, and is not limited, as long as the connection between the card cover 1504 and the installation groove 1502 can be realized.
  • the card cover 1504 and the installation slot 1502 can be connected by magnetic connection, elastic connection or bonding.
  • details please refer to the second embodiment. , and do not go into details.
  • the label information of the label module 1501 is located in the visible range or the camera range, and the label information is located in the visible range and the camera range.
  • the label information is located in the visible range and the camera range.
  • the accommodating channel and the fiber passing channel set by the optical fiber connector assembly can effectively avoid the occlusion of the label information of the label module 1501.
  • the optical fiber connector assembly shown in this embodiment the accommodating channel and the fiber passing channel set by the optical fiber connector assembly can effectively avoid the occlusion of the label information of the label module 1501.
  • the optical fiber connector assembly shown in the first embodiment is an integrally formed structure, while the optical fiber connector assembly shown in the second and third embodiments is a detachable connection structure.
  • the optical fiber connector assembly shown in this embodiment is in the optical fiber
  • the label assembly can be directly installed on the fiber optic connector body without pulling out the fiber optic connector body from the insert frame.
  • the transmission of the optical fiber connector body and the medium optical signal will not be interrupted, and the safety of optical signal transmission is improved.
  • the optical fiber connector assembly 2000 shown in this embodiment includes an optical fiber connector body and a label assembly.
  • an optical fiber connector body for the description of the specific structure of the optical fiber connector body shown in this embodiment, please refer to Embodiment 2 for details, and details are not repeated in this embodiment.
  • the label assembly shown in this embodiment includes a connector and a label module 2001 connected to the connector.
  • a connector for the specific description of the label module 2001, please refer to Embodiment 1, which is not repeated in this embodiment.
  • the connector shown in this embodiment includes a first member 2002, a second member 2003, and a third member 2004.
  • the first member 2002, the second member 2003, and the third member 2004 are combined to form a connector.
  • the first end of the first member 2002 forms a slot 2005 of the installation slot, and the slot 2005 extends along the axial direction 2006 of the optical fiber connector body.
  • the specific description of the slot 2005 of the installation slot Please refer to Embodiment 2 for details, and details will not be repeated.
  • the second end of the first member 2002 is connected to the label module 2001, and an extension rod 2007 is between the first end of the first member 2002 and the second end of the first member 2002.
  • an extension rod 2007 is between the first end of the first member 2002 and the second end of the first member 2002.
  • the first end portion of the first member 2002 is formed with a first abutting wall 2008 and a second abutting wall 2009 which are positioned opposite to each other.
  • the resisting wall 2008 and the second resisting wall 2009 are used for resisting against the middle piece 2010 of the fiber optic connector body.
  • the middle piece 2010 of the fiber optic connector body please refer to Embodiment 2 for details. I won't go into details.
  • a first hollow area 2101 is formed between the first end of the first resisting wall 2008 and the first end of the second resisting wall 2009 .
  • the second end of the first resisting wall 2008 and the first A second hollow area 2102 is formed between the second ends of the two abutting walls 2009 . It can be seen that the positions of the first hollow area 2101 and the second hollow area 2102 are opposite.
  • the second member 2003 and the third member 2004 are located on opposite sides of the first end portion of the first member 2002 .
  • the second member 2003 is disposed overlying the first member 2002
  • the third member 2004 is covered and arranged on the second hollow area 2102 of the first member 2002, so as to realize the first member 2002, the second member 2003 and the first member 2002.
  • the three members 2004 combine to form the purpose of the connector.
  • the second member 2003 and the third member 2004 are located on opposite sides of the first end of the first member 2002, and the third member 2004 is disposed to cover the notch 2005 of the installation groove , the first member 2002 , the second member 2003 and the third member 2004 which are engaged with each other form a mounting groove for accommodating the middle piece 2010 .
  • the optical fiber connector assembly shown in this embodiment in the case that the optical fiber connector body has been inserted into the adapter on the ferrule, if it is necessary to install the label information for identifying the optical fiber connector body on the optical fiber connector body , the first member 2002 , the second member 2003 and the third member 2004 can be directly assembled on the fiber optic connector body without plugging and unplugging the fiber optic connector body from the adapter
  • the label component for the specific description of the adapter and the label information, please refer to Embodiment 1, and details will not be repeated. It can be seen that in the process of installing the label assembly on the optical fiber connector body shown in this embodiment, the optical signal transmitted by the optical fiber connector body does not need to be interrupted.
  • the first abutting wall 2008 and the second abutting wall of the first member 2002 are mounted on the tail sleeve 2104 of the fiber optic connector body.
  • the tail cover 2104 please refer to Embodiment 1 for details, and details will not be repeated.
  • the second member 2003 is fastened on the first hollow area 2101 so that the second member 2003 covers the first hollow area 2101 .
  • the second member 2003 has a third abutting wall 2103 and a fourth abutting wall 2104 .
  • the third The resisting wall 2103 resists the first resisting wall 2008
  • the fourth resisting wall 2104 resists the second resisting wall 2009 .
  • the second member 2003 further includes a cover 2105 connected between the third abutting wall 2103 and the fourth abutting wall 2104, and between the third abutting wall 2103 and the first abutting wall 2008 In a state where the fourth abutting wall 2104 and the second abutting wall 2009 abut against each other, the cover member 2105 is covered on the first hollow area 2101 .
  • the third member 2004 is fastened on the second hollow area 2102 , so that the third member 2004 covers the second hollow area 2102 .
  • rails 2106 are recessed on both sides of the third member 2004
  • sliding rails 2107 are provided at the positions of the third and fourth abutting walls 2103 and 2104 opposite to the rails 2106 .
  • the purpose of covering the third member 2004 on the second hollow area 2102 is achieved, and the sliding rail 2107 is located along the rail 2106.
  • the purpose of sliding the third member 2004 on the second hollow area 2102 is achieved when the guide is slid.
  • the gap between the first end of the first abutting wall 2008 and the second abutting wall 2009 is elastic. Enlarged, the first member 2002 , the second member 2003 and the third member 2004 can be moved to the position of the middle piece 2010 from the area of the tail sleeve 2104 of the optical fiber connector body as a whole, and the plug 2108
  • the first abutting wall 2008 and the second abutting wall 2009 are provided with holding protrusions
  • the middle piece 2010 is provided with a holding groove
  • the holding protrusion is fixed in the holding groove.
  • the connection between the middle piece 2010 and the first member 2002 is realized in the state of the inner part.
  • the middle piece 2010 and the first member 2002 are connected by means of snapping and fixing as an example.
  • a magnetic connection method, an elastic connection method, or a bonding method can also be used.
  • Other methods please refer to Embodiment 2 for details, and details will not be repeated.
  • the third The second member 2003 is further provided with a resisting step 2109.
  • the sliding rail 2107 moves to a position where the resisting step 2109 abuts against each other, in the circumferential direction of the second member 2003 and the third member 2004
  • the first end of the first abutting wall 2008 and the second abutting wall 2009 of the first member 2002 are fixed in position on the middle piece 2010, so that the combined first member 2002, all the The second member 2003 and the third member 2004 hold the middle piece 2010 tightly.
  • the label information of the label module is located in the visible range or the camera range, and the label information is located in the visible range and the camera range.
  • the label information is located in the visible range and the camera range.
  • the accommodating channel and the fiber passing channel set by the optical fiber connector assembly can effectively avoid blocking the label information of the label module.
  • the specific description of the containing channel and the fiber passing channel Please refer to Embodiment 1, and details are not repeated.
  • the label assembly in the process of installing the label assembly on the optical fiber connector body, the label assembly can be installed on the optical fiber without pulling out the optical fiber connector body from the adapter.
  • the purpose of the connector body therefore, in the scenario where the sub-frame layout has high-density adapters, the operation space is limited, and it is required that the network cannot be disconnected, this embodiment can keep the fiber optic connector body inserted in the adapter. In the state, the optical fiber connector assembly is assembled, which effectively avoids the situation of network disconnection during the process of installing the label assembly.
  • the label when the optical fiber connector body has been inserted into the ferrule, the label can be directly installed on the optical fiber connector body without pulling out the optical fiber connector body from the ferrule. It can be seen that, as shown in this embodiment, in the process of installing the label assembly on the optical fiber connector body, the transmission of the optical fiber connector body and the medium optical signal will not be interrupted, which improves the safety of optical signal transmission.
  • the optical fiber connector assembly shown in the embodiment can effectively improve the efficiency of installing the label assembly on the optical fiber connector body.
  • the optical fiber connector assembly 2900 shown in this embodiment includes an optical fiber connector body and a label assembly.
  • the optical fiber connector body includes a plug 2902, a middle piece, and a tail sleeve 2903 that are connected in sequence.
  • the plug 2902 is used to be inserted into the adapter in the plug frame.
  • the adapter, the plug 2902, the middle piece and the tail sleeve 2903 please refer to the second embodiment, and the details will not be repeated. .
  • the label assembly shown in this embodiment includes a connector and a label module 2901 connected to the connector.
  • a label module 2901 For the specific description of the label module 2901, please refer to Embodiment 1, which is not repeated in this embodiment.
  • the connector includes an installation groove 2904 and an extension rod 2905 , one end of the extension rod 2905 is connected to the installation groove 2904 , and the other end of the extension rod 2905 is connected to the label module 2901 .
  • the installation slot 2904 shown in this embodiment is used for inserting and fixing the middle piece.
  • the overall structure of the installation groove 2904 shown in this embodiment is a cylindrical structure with both top surfaces hollowed out. It should be clearly stated that the description of the overall structure of the installation groove 2904 in this embodiment is an optional example and is not limited. As long as the installation groove 2904 can insert and fix the middle piece, it is sufficient.
  • the mounting groove 2904 shown in this embodiment has a channel extending along the axial direction 2906 of the optical fiber connector body, and the channel has a first channel opening 2907 opposite to the axial direction 2906 of the optical fiber connector body and the second access port 2908. It can be seen that both the first channel port 2907 and the second channel port 2908 communicate with the channel.
  • the plug 2902 protrudes from the installation slot 2904 through the first channel opening 2907 and extends from the second channel opening 2908
  • the outgoing tail cover 2903 can be accommodated in the accommodating channel 2909.
  • the accommodating channel 2909 reference may be made to the second embodiment, and details will not be repeated.
  • the groove wall of the installation groove 2904 is provided with a cut groove 2910 along the axial direction 2906 of the optical fiber connector body.
  • the cut groove 2910 is connected to the installation groove 2904. channel connection.
  • the installation groove 2904 shown in this embodiment can be made of elastic material, so that the gap of the cut groove 2910 can be changed under the action of external force until the middle piece is snapped and fixed in the installation groove 2904 .
  • the channel of the installation groove 2904 is sleeved on the tail sleeve 2903, and then a force can be applied to the cutting groove 2910, so as to make the gap of the cutting groove 2910 become larger, and move the installation slot 2904 toward the direction of the plug 2902 until the middle piece is inserted into the channel of the installation slot 2904 .
  • the outer peripheral wall of the middle piece can be provided with a groove, and the channel of the installation groove 2904 is sleeved on the middle piece In the state of being in the groove, the fixing between the installation groove 2904 and the middle piece is realized.
  • the description of the fixing manner between the middle piece and the installation groove 2904 in this embodiment is an optional example, and is not limited, as long as the connection between the middle piece and the installation groove 2904 can be achieved.
  • the detachable connection relationship between them is sufficient.
  • any method such as a magnetic connection method, an elastic connection method, or a bonding method can be adopted.
  • the label information of the label module 2901 is located in the visible range or the camera range, and the label information is located in the visible range and
  • the imaging range please refer to Embodiment 1 for details, and details will not be repeated.
  • the accommodating channel 2909 and the fiber passing channel set by the optical fiber connector assembly can be used to effectively avoid blocking the label information of the label module 2901, and the accommodating channel 2909 and the fiber passing channel can be blocked.
  • the specific description please refer to Embodiment 1, and details will not be repeated.
  • the label assembly is integrally formed, and when the label assembly needs to be installed on the optical fiber connector body, the label assembly can be directly installed on the optical fiber connector body.
  • the installation efficiency is improved, and the installation process shown in this embodiment can realize the connection without aligning the label module and the optical fiber connector body, which effectively reduces the need to install the label assembly on the optical fiber connection. Difficulty in operation on the device components.
  • This embodiment exemplifies another structure of the optical fiber connector assembly with reference to FIGS. 33 to 38 .
  • the optical fiber connector assembly 3300 shown in this embodiment includes an optical fiber connector body and a label assembly.
  • the type of the optical fiber connector body is an FC optical fiber connector as an example for illustration.
  • the optical fiber connector body includes a plug 3301 , a middle piece 3306 and a boot 3302 that are connected in sequence.
  • the plug 3301 is used to connect with the adapter, so as to realize the purpose of inserting the optical fiber connector assembly 3300 on the subrack. See Embodiment 1, and details are not repeated.
  • the label assembly shown in this embodiment includes a connector and a label module 3303 connected to the connector.
  • a label module 3303 For the specific description of the label module 3303, please refer to Embodiment 1, which will not be repeated in this embodiment.
  • the connector includes an installation groove 3304 and an extension rod 3305 , one end of the extension rod 3305 is connected with the installation groove 3304 , and the other end of the extension rod 3305 is connected with the label module 3303 .
  • the installation slot 3304 shown in this embodiment is used for inserting and fixing the middle piece 3306 .
  • the overall structure of the installation groove 3304 shown in this embodiment is a cylindrical structure with both top surfaces hollowed out. It should be clearly stated that the description of the overall structure of the installation groove 3304 in this embodiment is an optional example and is not limited. As long as the installation groove 3304 can be inserted and fixed the middle piece 3306 .
  • the mounting groove 3304 shown in this embodiment has a channel extending along the axial direction 3307 of the optical fiber connector body, and the channel has a first channel opening 3308 located opposite to the axial direction 3307 of the optical fiber connector body and the second channel port 3309. It can be seen that both the first channel port 3308 and the second channel port 3309 communicate with the channel.
  • the connector shown in this embodiment further includes a plurality of elastic arms 3310, the first ends of the plurality of elastic arms 3310 are connected to the second channel opening 3308, and the second ends of the plurality of elastic arms 3310 are close to each other.
  • the second ends of the plurality of elastic arms 3310 are in a state of being close to each other in a natural state, so that the plurality of elastic arms 3310 that are close to each other are disposed to cover the second channel opening 3308 , and the plurality of elastic arms 3310 that are close to each other are arranged to cover the second channel opening 3308 .
  • An accommodating space 3311 is formed between the arms 3310 , and the accommodating space 3311 is used for accommodating the middle piece 3306 .
  • the middle piece 3306 can be inserted into the channel of the installation groove 3304 from the first channel opening 3308 , and the middle piece 3306 can be moved when the middle piece 3306 is moved.
  • the plurality of elastic arms 3310 are opened along the radial direction of the channel of the installation groove 3304 , so that each elastic arm 3310 has an axial center of the channel to the installation groove 3304 The elasticity of the wire rebound.
  • annular groove 3312 is recessed in the outer peripheral wall of the middle piece 3306, and the annular groove 3312 is located away from the middle piece 3306.
  • the description of the fixing manner between the middle piece 3306 and the installation groove 3304 in this embodiment is an optional example, which is not limited, as long as the middle piece 3306 and the installation groove can be realized
  • the detachable connection relationship between 3304 is sufficient.
  • any method such as a magnetic connection method, an elastic connection method, or a bonding method can be adopted.
  • a specific description refer to the second embodiment, which will not be repeated.
  • the label information of the label module 3303 is located in the visible range or the camera range, and the label information is located in the visible range
  • the imaging range please refer to Embodiment 1 for details, and details will not be repeated.
  • the first channel port 3308 is provided with a limiting protrusion 3313 along the direction toward the plug 3301 , and a limiting groove 3314 is provided on the middle piece 3306 at a position corresponding to the limiting protrusion 3313 .
  • the limiting protrusion 3313 is inserted into the limiting groove 3314 .
  • the limiting groove 3314 can restrict the installation groove 3304 from rotating through the limiting protrusion 3313, so as to realize The position of the tag information is fixed.
  • the tail sleeve 3302 can be sleeved on the outer peripheral walls of the plurality of elastic arms 3310, so as to realize the connection of the optical fiber connector. Assembly of components.
  • the tail sleeve 3302 shown in this embodiment can be made of elastic material.
  • the connection is realized by the tight fit between the tail sleeve 3302 and the annular groove 3312, and the tail sleeve 3302 and the annular groove
  • a plurality of the elastic arms 3310 are located in the tail sleeve 3302 .
  • the optical fiber connector assembly shown in this embodiment can effectively avoid blocking the label information of the label module 3303 through the accommodating channel and the fiber passing channel set by the optical fiber connector assembly.
  • the optical fiber connector assembly please refer to Embodiment 1, and details will not be repeated.
  • the optical fiber connector assembly shown in this embodiment effectively avoids the occlusion of the label information by the optical cable through the provided accommodating channel and the fiber passage channel, thereby effectively ensuring the clarity and integrity of the label information, and improving the accuracy of the label information through the label information.
  • the accuracy of the identification of the fiber optic connector body effectively avoids the occlusion of the label information by the optical cable through the provided accommodating channel and the fiber passage channel, thereby effectively ensuring the clarity and integrity of the label information, and improving the accuracy of the label information through the label information.
  • the accuracy of the identification of the fiber optic connector body effectively avoids the occlusion of the label information by the optical cable through the provided accommodating channel and the fiber passage channel, thereby effectively ensuring the clarity and integrity of the label information, and improving the accuracy of the label information through the label information.
  • the fiber optic connector assembly shown in this embodiment is a detachable connection structure, and the label assembly can be connected to the fiber optic connector body as required when leaving the factory or at the construction site, which improves the freedom of connection between the fiber optic connector body and the label assembly. Spend.
  • the connection between the label assembly and the optical fiber connector body can be realized, and the operation of connecting the label assembly to the optical fiber connector body is reduced. Difficulty, improve the operation efficiency.
  • the stability of the structure of the fiber optic connector assembly is effectively improved, so that in the subsequent use of the network node, the label information of the fiber optic connector assembly will not.
  • the situation of position deviation occurs, thereby effectively ensuring that the label information can always be located in the line of sight or the camera range, and improving the accuracy of identifying the optical fiber connector body identified by the label information.
  • the label assembly is integrally formed. If the label assembly needs to be installed on the optical fiber connector body, the label assembly can be directly installed on the optical fiber connector body. , improve the efficiency of installation.
  • the label assembly needs to be provided with an accommodating channel and a fiber-passing channel, so as to pass the accommodating channel.
  • the channel and the fiber passage limit the extension path of the optical cable, so that the extension path of the optical cable will not block the label information in the line of sight or the camera range.
  • the optical fiber connector assembly shown in this embodiment does not need to provide additional accommodating channels and fiber passages, so that the extension path of the optical cable will not block the label information in the line of sight or the camera range.
  • FIG. 39 and shown in Figure 40 please refer to FIG. 39 and shown in Figure 40.
  • the optical fiber connector assembly 3900 includes an optical fiber connector body 3901 and a label assembly.
  • an optical fiber connector body 3901 for the description of the type of the optical fiber connector body 3901, please refer to Embodiment 1, which is not repeated in this embodiment.
  • the label assembly shown in this embodiment specifically includes a connector 3902 and a label module 3903 .
  • the connector 3902 is respectively connected to the optical fiber connector body 3901 and the label module 3903. Specifically, the first end of the connector 3902 is connected to the optical fiber connector body 3901. The second end is connected to the label module 3903 .
  • the target surface of the label module 3903 shown in this embodiment is provided with label information 3904.
  • label information 3904 For the specific description of the target surface and the label information 3904, please refer to Embodiment 1, and details are not repeated.
  • the connector 3902 shown in this embodiment has a first channel inside
  • the label module 3903 has a second channel inside
  • the first channel communicates with the second channel, so that the The fiber optic cable 3905 of the fiber optic connector body 3901 extends through the first channel and the second channel.
  • the overall structure of the label module 3904 is a cube structure as an example for illustrative description. It should be clear that the description of the overall structure of the label module 3904 in this embodiment can be an optional example. It is not limited, as long as it can ensure that the second channel in the label module 3904 can communicate with the first channel in the connector 3902, and the label information set by the label module 3904 can be guaranteed to be within the camera range.
  • an optical fiber connector assembly is taken as an example for an integral molding structure.
  • the optical fiber connector body 3901 shown in this embodiment may include a plug and an intermediate piece.
  • the second embodiment please refer to the second embodiment, which will not be repeated in this embodiment.
  • the connector 3902 shown in this embodiment can be a tail sleeve.
  • the tail sleeve shown in this embodiment has a certain hardness, so that the tail sleeve can change its position under the action of external force.
  • the construction personnel can exert force on the tail sleeve, so that the label information 3904 is located within the camera range.
  • the structure of the tail cover may not be changed, and it is ensured at the delivery stage that the structure of the tail cover can enable the label information 3904 to be located within the imaging range.
  • the description of the connector 3902 in this embodiment is an optional example, and is not limited.
  • the specific description of the plug, the middle piece, and the tail sleeve please refer to Embodiment 1, which is not repeated in this embodiment.
  • the connector 3902 shown in this embodiment can be sleeved on the outer peripheral surface of the boot, so that the optical cable 3905 of the optical fiber connector body can extend along the first channel inside the connector 3902.
  • connection method between the connector 3902 and the boot is not limited, for example, the connector 3902 and the boot can be connected by means of expansion fit, snap fit Any method, such as the method of connection, the method of magnetic connection, the method of elastic connection or the method of bonding, etc., please refer to the second embodiment for details, which will not be repeated in this embodiment.
  • the optical cable 3905 of the optical fiber connector body 3901 shown in this embodiment can be extended through the first channel and the second channel, that is, the optical cable 3905 is extended inside the connector 3902 and the label module 3903. It can be seen that, The extension path of the optical cable 3905 and the label information 3904 are not coplanar, so that within the camera range, the optical cable 3905 will not block the label information 3904, thus effectively ensuring the clarity of the label information obtained by the camera and complete.
  • the optical fiber connector assembly 3900 shown in this embodiment is inserted into the sub-frame 3906 shown in FIG. 40 .
  • the sub-frame 3906 please refer to Embodiment 1, and details are not repeated.
  • the optical cable connected to the first fiber optic connector assembly will not block the second fiber optic connection on the ferrule 3906.
  • the label information of the connector assembly please refer to Embodiment 1 for the description of the first optical fiber connector assembly and the second optical fiber connector assembly, and details are not repeated in this embodiment.
  • the fiber optic cable of the first fiber optic connector assembly may extend through the area between the connector 3902 of the second fiber optic connector assembly, the fiber optic connector body 3901, and the label module 3903 so that the fiber optic cable of the first fiber optic connector assembly does not The tag information 3904 will be blocked.
  • the connectors 3902 of each optical fiber connector assembly can be bent in the same direction,
  • each connector 3902 is bent to the left, and the angle at which the connector 3902 is bent is not limited in this embodiment, as long as the connector 3902 can be bent to ensure that the label information 3904 is located in the within the camera range.
  • each optical fiber connector assembly In the case where the connector 3902 of each optical fiber connector assembly is bent toward the left, the optical cables connected to each optical fiber connector assembly can be drawn out from the left side of the label module 3904, so that each optical fiber is connected The extension path of the optical fiber cable connected to the connector assembly will not block the label information of any optical fiber connector assembly that has been inserted into the sub-frame 3906.
  • the optical fiber connector assembly shown in this embodiment has an integral molding structure, and the setting of label information can be completed when the optical fiber connector assembly leaves the factory, which simplifies the operation steps on the construction site.
  • the optical fiber connector can be directly inserted into the corresponding adapter at the construction site, which improves the efficiency of installing the optical fiber connector assembly on the insert frame.
  • the label information may not be set when the optical fiber connector assembly is shipped from the factory, and the label information may be set on the target surface of the optical fiber connector assembly at the construction site.
  • the specific position of the connector of the optical fiber connector assembly shown in this embodiment can be adjusted.
  • the construction personnel can adjust the position of the connector according to the extension of the optical cable in the insert frame, so as to prevent the optical cable from affecting the label occlusion of information.
  • the position of the connector can also be adjusted according to the position of the camera, so that the label information can always be located within the camera range, thereby accurately identifying the optical fiber connector body identified by the label information.
  • optical fiber connector assembly is an integral structure, the stability of the optical fiber connector assembly structure is effectively improved, and the difficulty of inserting the optical fiber connector assembly into the insert frame is reduced, and the insertion of the optical fiber connector assembly into the insert frame is improved. In-frame efficiency.
  • Embodiments 1 to 7 provide an optical fiber connector assembly. During the use stage of the optical fiber connector assembly, it is necessary to insert the optical fiber connector assembly into the adapter corresponding to the insert frame, and also need to insert the optical fiber connector assembly from the adapter. unplug the adapter.
  • This embodiment provides the optical fiber connector assembly provided, which can reduce the difficulty of operation in the process of inserting the optical fiber connector assembly into the adapter in the sash and in the process of pulling the optical fiber connector assembly out of the adapter , improve operational efficiency.
  • the optical fiber connector assembly shown in this embodiment includes an optical fiber connector body, a connector, and a label module.
  • the optical fiber connector body, the connector, and the label module please refer to the implementation of any one of the above-mentioned Embodiments 1 to 7. As shown in the example, details are not described in this embodiment.
  • This embodiment is exemplified by taking the optical fiber connector body as an LC type optical fiber connector as an example.
  • the structure of the optical fiber connector assembly shown in this embodiment will be described in detail below with reference to FIGS. 41 to 45 .
  • the optical fiber connector assembly 4300 shown in this embodiment includes an optical fiber connector body 4301 , a connector 4302 and a label module 4303 .
  • the optical fiber connector assembly 4300 shown in this embodiment further includes an elastic arm 4304. Specifically, the first end 4305 of the elastic arm 4304 is connected to the plug 4313 of the optical fiber connector body 4301, and the plug 4313 is connected to the plug 4313.
  • the first end 4305 of the elastic arm 4304 is connected to the plug 4313 of the optical fiber connector body 4301, and the plug 4313 is connected to the plug 4313.
  • the optical fiber connector assembly further includes an unlocking member 4307 connected to the connecting member 4302.
  • the unlocking member 4307 includes a resisting end 4308 and an acting end 4309, and the abutting end 4308 and the acting end 4309 pass through. Transition rod 4310 is connected.
  • a holding groove 4311 is formed at the end of the unlocking member 4307 close to the abutting end 4308, and the optical fiber connector body 4301 is inserted into the holding groove 4311, thereby effectively ensuring that In order to stabilize the structure between the unlocking member 4307 and the optical fiber connector body 4301, the situation where the unlocking member 4307 is separated from the connecting member 4302 is avoided.
  • the holding groove 4311 extends in the direction toward the plug 4313 to form the abutting end 4308. In the state where the optical fiber connector body 4301 is inserted into the holding groove 4311, the The abutting end 4308 and the second end 4306 of the elastic arm 4304 abut against each other.
  • the acting end 4309 extends to a position close to the target surface 4312 of the label module 4303 .
  • the target surface 4312 please refer to Embodiment 1, which is not repeated in this embodiment.
  • the construction personnel can remotely apply force to the plug 4313 of the optical fiber connector body 4301 without exerting force on the The purpose of the fiber optic connector body 4301 being plugged and unplugged from the adapter.
  • the structure of the optical fiber connector assembly 4300 can be referred to as shown in FIG. 43 , that is, between the elastic arm 4304 and the plug 4313 With a gap L1, the elastic arm 4304 is clamped and fixed on the inner peripheral wall of the adapter, so as to realize the fixing between the optical fiber connector assembly 4300 and the adapter.
  • the abutting end 4308 shown in this embodiment is located between the adapter and the abutting end 4308 . And at this time, the acting end 4309 is in an unstressed state.
  • a force for driving the unlocking member 4307 to rotate is applied to the action end 4309, for example, to the action end 4309.
  • the action end 4309 exerts a downward force (ie, the direction 4314 shown in FIG. 43 ), so that the unlocking member 4307 rotates.
  • the force exerted on the action end 4309 in this embodiment is The description of the direction of the direction is an optional example, not limited, as long as the force can make the unlocking member 4307 rotate, so that the action end 4309 exerts a force on the elastic arm 4304, thereby compressing the elastic
  • the gap between the second end 4306 of the arm 4304 and the optical fiber connector body 4301 is sufficient.
  • the connecting member 4302 is provided with a rotation protrusion 4315
  • the transition rod 4310 is provided with a rotation hole 4316
  • the rotation protrusion 4315 and the rotation hole 4316 are arranged between the rotation protrusion 4315 and the rotation hole 4316.
  • the process of inserting the optical fiber connector assembly 4300 into the adapter is the reverse process of pulling out the optical fiber connector assembly 4300 from the adapter shown above, which will not be described in detail.
  • the purpose of remotely inserting the optical fiber connector assembly into the adapter can be realized through the unlocking piece, and the optical fiber connector assembly can also be remotely inserted into the adapter.
  • the optical fiber connector assembly can also be remotely inserted into the adapter.
  • the remote operation of the optical fiber connector assembly avoids the construction personnel's hands touching the optical fiber connector assembly and the optical fiber cable, and avoids the possibility of failure of the optical fiber connector assembly and the optical fiber cable under the action of external force. security.
  • This embodiment provides a labeling system 4600, which will be described below with reference to FIGS. 46 to 49 .
  • the labeling system 4600 shown in this embodiment includes an insert frame 4601.
  • the insert frame 4601 please refer to Embodiment 1, which is not repeated in this embodiment.
  • the subrack 4601 includes a plurality of adapters 4602. Specifically, the subrack 4601 is provided with a plurality of ports, and the first end 4603 of the adapter 4602 is used to be inserted and fixed inside the port of the subrack 4601, so as to realize the connection between the adapter 4602 and the port. Fixing between inserts. The second end 4604 of the adapter 4602 is used to connect with the fiber optic connector assembly 4605.
  • the side wall of the first end 4603 of the adapter 4602 shown in this embodiment is provided with an elastic buckle 4606, and the inner peripheral wall of the port is provided with a slot opposite to the elastic buckle 4606.
  • the adapter 4602 and the port of the insert frame 4601 are fixed in a state that the buckle 4606 is engaged and fixed in the card slot.
  • This embodiment does not limit the fixing method between the adapter 4602 and the port of the sub-frame 4601.
  • the adapter 4602 and the port of the sub-frame 4601 can be connected by magnetic connection, elastic connection or adhesive bonding.
  • the second embodiment please refer to the second embodiment, which will not be repeated in this embodiment.
  • optical fiber connector assembly 4605 For the structure of the optical fiber connector assembly 4605 shown in this embodiment, reference may be made to any one of Embodiments 1 to 8 above, and the specific structure of the optical fiber connector assembly will not be repeated in this embodiment.
  • the outer casing of the optical fiber connector assembly 4605 shown in this embodiment is provided with a positioning protrusion 4607, and the second end 4604 of the adapter 4602 is provided with a positioning groove 4608 at a position corresponding to the position of the positioning protrusion 4607.
  • the connection between the optical fiber connector assembly 4605 and the adapter 4602 is realized in a state in which the positioning protrusion 4607 is inserted and fixed in the positioning groove 4608 .
  • This embodiment does not limit the specific structures of the positioning protrusions 4607 and the positioning grooves 4608, as long as the positioning grooves 4608 and the positioning protrusions 4607 match in shape, so as to improve the optical fiber connector assembly 4605
  • the connection structure with the adapter 4602 only needs to be stable.
  • the positioning protrusion 4607 has a tapered structure
  • the positioning groove 4608 matching the shape of the positioning protrusion 4607 can have a horn opening structure.
  • the positioning protrusion 4607 and the positioning groove 4608 may both have a rectangular structure or the like.
  • the specific structure of the adapter 4602 is not limited in this embodiment, as long as the adapter 4602 can be connected with the optical fiber connector assembly 4605 to realize optical signal transmission.
  • each optical fiber connector assembly 4605 may have a uniform orientation, and the label information of each optical fiber connector assembly 4605 is located in the line of sight or the camera range.
  • the range and the imaging range please refer to Embodiment 1 for details, and details will not be repeated.
  • the label information of each optical fiber connector assembly 4605 inserted in the sub-frame 4601 may have a uniform orientation, and the label information of each optical fiber connector assembly 4605 inserted in the sub-frame 4601 forms a label array.
  • Each label information included in the array may be located on the same surface, and the surface on which the label array is located may be a plane structure, a curved structure, or a concave-convex structure, etc., as long as each label information included in the label array is located in the visible range or camera. within the range.
  • the obtained target image can include the label information of all the optical fiber connector assemblies 4605 inserted on the plug frame 4601, so that the plug frame 4601 can be identified by the label information.
  • Each optical fiber connector body that has been inserted in the above is identified.
  • the specific description of the optical fiber connector body please refer to Embodiment 1, and the details will not be repeated.
  • the optical cables drawn from each optical fiber connector assembly 4605 shown in this embodiment can be extended in the insertion frame 4601 in the same direction.
  • the optical cable connected to each of the optical fiber connector assemblies 4605 is drawn out from the label module of each optical fiber connector assembly 4605 along the direction 4609, which is the lateral direction of the sub-frame 4601, and the direction 4609 is also the direction of each of the optical fiber connector assemblies 4609. Left side orientation of fiber optic connector assembly 4605.
  • the optical cables drawn from the label modules of the respective fiber optic connector assemblies 4605 are drawn out of the sub-frame 4601 along the direction 4610 , which is the vertical direction of the sub-frame 4601 .
  • extension paths of the optical cables connected to the respective optical fiber connector assemblies 4605 in the plug frame 4601 in this embodiment is an optional example and is not limited, as long as different optical fiber connector assemblies
  • the optical cables connected to the 4605 can not be entangled with each other so that the optical cables can be easily combed.
  • the label system shown in this embodiment can also accurately identify whether the optical fiber connector body identified by the label information has been inserted into the corresponding adapter.
  • each fiber optic connector assembly In the optical network, in order to ensure that the optical signal can be accurately transmitted from the source node to the target node, it is necessary to accurately insert each fiber optic connector assembly into its corresponding adapter.
  • the existing solution can identify the fiber through RFID. Whether the connector assembly is correctly seated in its corresponding adapter.
  • a paired RFID tag is added at the adapter and the optical fiber connector assembly, and the RFID tag of the adapter and the RFID tag of the optical fiber connector assembly are identified by a special identification device. If the detected RFID tag of the adapter and the optical fiber connector assembly are detected If the RFID tag is paired, it is recognized that the fiber optic connector assembly has been inserted into its corresponding adapter.
  • identification by RFID requires a dedicated identification device, which increases the cost of identification.
  • the label system includes a large number of adapters and optical fiber connector components, it needs to be identified one by one through the identification device, which greatly reduces the cost of identification. recognition efficiency.
  • the preset arrangement information is the arrangement of the adapter array in the world coordinate system.
  • the distribution information is the specific values of N and M in the N rows of adapters and the M columns of adapters included in the adapter array, and the specific coordinates of each adapter included in the adapter array in the world coordinate system, where,
  • the adapter array includes a plurality of adapters that have been inserted into the sub-frame.
  • the total number of adapters included in the adapter array, the row and column arrangement of all adapters on the subrack, and the number of adapters included in each row and the number of adapters included in each column are determined through the preset arrangement information The number of adapters, and the coordinates of each adapter in the world coordinate system.
  • a mark structure 4611 is provided on the surface of the insert frame 4601, and the mark structure 4611 is used to indicate the preset arrangement information.
  • the electronic device for example, a smart phone, a tablet computer, a computer or a processor in a network node, etc.
  • the corresponding relationship between the marking structure 4611 and the preset arrangement information is stored, and when identification is required, the electronic device can obtain the preset arrangement information corresponding to the marking structure 4611 according to the marking structure 4611 .
  • the preset arrangement information shown in this embodiment also includes the relative positional relationship between each adapter included in the adapter array and the marking structure 4611 in the world coordinate system, the electronic device When the target image and the arrangement information of the adapter array are acquired, it can be identified whether each optical fiber connector assembly included in the target image has been inserted into the corresponding adapter.
  • the marking structure 4611 shown in this embodiment may be a two-dimensional code, a unique identifier, a barcode, digital text information, a preset color or a preset structure, etc., wherein the preset structure is that the marking structure is a rectangle as a whole , square, circle and other arbitrary shapes, the preset color can be any color such as red, blue, etc., as long as the marking structure 4611 with the preset structure, the marking structure with the preset color can be easily recognized by the image recognition technology It is enough to perform identification. Taking the example shown in FIG. 46 , the preset structure is a square.
  • This embodiment does not limit the specific number of the marking structures 4611 and the specific positions on the surface of the insert frame 4611, as long as the marking structure 4611 is located on the camera when the camera shoots the insert frame 4601 within the camera range.
  • marking structure 4611 is fixed on the insert frame 4601.
  • the marking structure 4611 can be connected by magnetic connection, elastic connection, or bonding. It is fixedly arranged on the surface of the insert frame 4601 .
  • this embodiment takes the detachable connection relationship between the marking structure 4611 and the surface of the sub-frame 4601 as an example for illustration.
  • the marking structure 4611 may also be the sub-frame 4601
  • the surface of the sub-frame 4601 extends to form the marking structure 4611, and it can also be a structural feature of the sub-frame itself that is easily recognizable, such as the edge of the sub-frame, the structural features of the adapter, and the like.
  • the label system shown in this embodiment it can be identified whether the optical fiber connector assembly identified by the label information has been inserted into the corresponding adapter, and the identification process is simple and efficient.
  • digital management of all adapter resources included in the insert frame can also be realized, wherein the digital management may refer to obtaining a target image by photographing the insert frame, and by image analysis, you can obtain the multiple adapters included in the subrack, which adapters have been connected to the fiber optic connector components, which adapters are in an idle state, which adapters are included in the subrack, and the connections between different adapters
  • the routing of the fiber jumper can be realized, so that the specific conditions of all the adapters included in the subrack can be digitized and visualized, and the operation and maintenance cost of network nodes can be effectively reduced through digital management.
  • This embodiment provides an identification method based on the ninth embodiment.
  • the ninth embodiment For the specific structure of the label system to which the identification method shown in this embodiment is applied, please refer to the ninth embodiment, and details are not repeated.
  • Step 5001 the electronic device acquires a target image.
  • an optical fiber connector assembly has been inserted into the adapter array on the sub-frame, and the camera can obtain the target image when the adapter array is photographed.
  • the label array formed by the label information of all the optical fiber connector assemblies inserted into the sled is located within the imaging range. It can be seen that the target image obtained by photographing the adapter array with the camera includes the label array.
  • the execution subject of the method shown in this embodiment is an electronic device, and the electronic device may be a smartphone, a tablet computer, or the like including a camera.
  • the electronic device shown in this embodiment may also be a computer or a processor in a network node included in a tag system.
  • the computer or the processor included in the labeling system can obtain the target image, so as to perform identification according to the target image.
  • the target image is taken as an example for the camera to photograph the entire area of the insert frame to form an example. Shooting to form, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment.
  • Step 5002 the electronic device acquires the mark structure in the target image.
  • Step 5003 The electronic device acquires preset arrangement information according to the mark structure.
  • the electronic device has pre-stored the corresponding relationship between the marking structure and the preset arrangement information. It can be seen that when the electronic device obtains the marking structure in the target image, the corresponding preset arrangement can be obtained.
  • the electronic device obtains the marking structure in the target image, the corresponding preset arrangement can be obtained.
  • Embodiment 9 for details, and details will not be repeated.
  • the preset arrangement information is the arrangement of the adapter array in the world coordinate system.
  • the observation direction of the world coordinate system shown in this embodiment is the world coordinate.
  • the preset arrangement information includes the total number of adapters included in the adapter array when the subrack 4601 is not plugged with optical fiber connector components, the total number of adapters included in the adapter array, the total number of adapters on the subrack 4601
  • the arrangement of rows and columns, and the number of adapters included in each row and the number of adapters included in each column, the coordinates of each adapter in the world coordinate system, and in the world coordinate system, the adapter array includes The relative positional relationship between each adapter and the marking structure 4611.
  • Step 5004 the electronic device converts the target image into the world coordinate system.
  • the electronic device can convert the target image into the world coordinate system shown in FIG. 51B through the transformation matrix.
  • the description of the world coordinate system please refer to the description of the world coordinate system shown in Embodiment 9, and details are not repeated.
  • the electronic device can convert the target image into the world coordinate system according to the mark structure 4611 included in the target image, and ensure that the mark structure 4611 is in the preset arrangement information It is the same as the position, attitude, angle, etc. in the world coordinate system shown in FIG. 51B .
  • the relative positional relationship between the same adapter and the marking structure 4611 in the preset arrangement information is the same as that between the same adapter and the marking structure 4611 in the world coordinate system shown in FIG. 51B .
  • the relative positions are the same.
  • Step 5005 the electronic device determines the target area in the world coordinate system.
  • the electronic device can arrange the adapter array included in the information according to the preset arrangement in the world coordinate system.
  • the surface of the insert frame displayed in the world coordinate system is divided to form a plurality of regions, wherein the arrangement of the plurality of regions is the same as the arrangement of the plurality of adapters included in the adapter array, and one A correspondence.
  • the multiple adapters included in the adapter array are arranged in the manner of N rows and M columns
  • the multiple regions in the world coordinate system are also arranged in the manner of N rows and M columns to form an area array, and each The position of the region in the world coordinate system is the same as the position of the adapter corresponding to the region in the adapter array.
  • the adapter corresponding to the area 5301 is also located in the second row and the first column in the adapter array.
  • the location information of the target area acquired by the electronic device is the coordinates of the target area in the world coordinate system.
  • the target area shown in this embodiment can be any area included in the area array.
  • Step 5006 the electronic device determines whether the tag information is successfully acquired in the target area, if not, executes step 5007 , if yes, executes step 5008 .
  • the label information of the optical fiber connector assembly will be displayed in the target area, and the electronic device can be displayed in the target area. In the target area, the label information is successfully obtained.
  • label information is used as a two-dimensional code
  • the two-dimensional code includes graphic information.
  • the graphic information can be acquired in the target area.
  • the electronic device shown in this embodiment can also realize the digital management process of the plug-in frame, that is, if the electronic device successfully obtains the label information in the target area, it means that the optical fiber connector assembly identified by the label information is inserted
  • the electronic device can determine the optical fiber connector components inserted in each first target adapter through the target image, so as to realize the digital input and management of the adapter resources of the subrack, without the need for manual on-site adjustment of the optical fiber.
  • the insertion relationship between the connector component and the adapter is viewed and entered one by one, which effectively improves the accuracy and efficiency of managing the adapter resources of the insertion frame.
  • the electronic device cannot successfully acquire the label information in the target area.
  • Step 5007 the electronic device generates idle indication information.
  • the electronic device determines that the label information has not been successfully acquired from the target area, it is determined that the first target adapter is an idle adapter to which the optical fiber connector assembly is not inserted.
  • the electronic device can generate idle indication information, where the idle indication information is used to indicate the position of the first target adapter in the adapter array, for example, the idle indication information is used to indicate the first target adapter Which row and column are located in the adapter array.
  • This embodiment does not limit the specific content of the idle indication information, as long as the maintenance personnel can determine the specific positions of idle adapters in the adapter array according to the idle indication information.
  • the configuration of the optical signal transmission path effectively improves the configuration efficiency of the optical signal transmission path.
  • Step 5008 The electronic device acquires target label information corresponding to the first target adapter according to the second preset correspondence.
  • the electronic device shown in this embodiment pre-stores the second preset corresponding relationship, and the second preset corresponding relationship includes the corresponding relationship between different label information and different adapters.
  • the optical fiber connector body identified by the label information needs to be inserted into the corresponding adapter, so that the connection of the optical signal can be realized.
  • the fiber optic connector body inserted into the first target adapter is in the state of the fiber optic connector body identified by the target label information, via the first target adapter and the target label Only the optical fiber connector body identified by the information can successfully realize the transmission of optical signals.
  • the second preset correspondence shown in this embodiment stores the correspondence between the first target adapter and the target label information, that is, only when the optical fiber connector body identified by the target label information is successfully inserted into the target label information. Only in the first target adapter described above can the optical signal transmission be successfully realized.
  • Step 5009 The electronic device determines whether the tag information is the same as the target tag information, if yes, executes step 5010, and if not, executes step 5011.
  • the purpose shown in this embodiment is to identify whether the label information of the optical fiber connection connector assembly inserted into the first target adapter is the same as the target label information;
  • the electronic device determines whether the graphic information included in the label information and the graphic information included in the target label are the same.
  • the label information is the same as the label information in the target area, it indicates that the optical fiber connector body inserted in the first target adapter is the optical fiber connector body identified by the target label information.
  • the label information is different from the label information in the target area, it means that the optical fiber connector body inserted in the first target adapter is not the optical fiber connector body identified by the target label information, and further explains that The wrong adapter is inserted into the fiber optic connector body identified by the label information obtained in the target area.
  • Step 5010 The electronic device generates identification success indication information.
  • the success indication information can be generated, and the success indication information is used to indicate that all the tags in the first target adapter are used.
  • the inserted optical fiber connector body is the event of the optical fiber connector body identified by the target label information.
  • the maintenance personnel can determine, according to the identification success indication information, that an accurate optical fiber connector assembly has been successfully inserted into the first target adapter.
  • Step 5011 the electronic device generates identification failure indication information.
  • the failure indication information can be generated, and the failure indication information is used to indicate that the first target adapter
  • the inserted fiber optic connector body is not an event of the fiber optic connector body identified by the target tag information.
  • the maintenance personnel can determine, according to the identification failure indication information, that the first target adapter has been inserted into the wrong optical fiber connector assembly.
  • the failure indication information may further include the location information of the first target adapter. It can be seen that the maintenance personnel, according to the location information of the first target adapter included in the identification failure information, In the adapter array, the first target adapter is accurately positioned.
  • the camera of the smartphone is aimed at the insert frame, so that the entire panel of the insert frame is located within the camera range of the smartphone, and the smartphone is used to take a picture of the insert frame to obtain the target image.
  • the entire panel of the sub-frame is photographed by a camera located at the upper right corner of the sub-frame surface.
  • the target image can be as shown in FIG. 46 .
  • the target image includes the entire panel of the insert frame 4601 , and also includes the mark structure 4611 that is attached to the upper left corner, the upper right corner and the lower left corner of the insert frame 4601 .
  • the smartphone transmits the target image to the computer.
  • the computer recognizes the marker structure and preset arrangement information in the target image.
  • the memory of the computer has pre-stored the correspondence between the marking structure A and the preset arrangement information A, the corresponding relationship between the marking structure B and the preset arrangement information B, and so on, the marking structure N and the preset arrangement information N
  • the corresponding relationship of wherein, the distinction between the marking structure A, the marking structure B and the marking structure N may be the difference in the shape of the marking structure.
  • the overall structure of mark structure A is square
  • the overall structure of mark structure B is circular
  • the overall structure of mark structure N is pentagon.
  • the computer can obtain the preset arrangement information A corresponding to the marking structure A in the square shape.
  • the preset arrangement information A (as shown in FIG. 51A ) is specifically: the insert frame 4601 includes 12 columns of adapters and 12 rows of adapters, and the 12 columns of adapters and 12 rows of adapters in the world coordinate system of each adapter specific coordinates.
  • the preset arrangement information A further includes a mark structure 4611 located in the upper left corner, the upper right corner, and the lower left corner of the insert frame 4601 .
  • the computer transforms the target image into the world coordinate system.
  • the target image acquired by the computer has a three-dimensional structure in the image coordinate system.
  • the computer converts the target image from the image coordinate system to the world coordinate system, so that the position, attitude, and angle of the marker structure relative to the frame surface in the preset arrangement information A shown in FIG. 51A are relative to the marker structure in the world coordinate system.
  • the position, attitude and angle of the frame surface are the same.
  • the marker structures are located in the upper left corner, upper right corner and lower left corner of the frame surface in the preset arrangement information and the world coordinate system.
  • the marker structures are all square, and each marker structure is in the preset arrangement.
  • the relative positional relationship between the information and each adapter is the same in the preset layout information and the world coordinate system.
  • the computer divides the world coordinate system including the surface of the box to determine the plurality of regions.
  • the electronic device when the electronic device converts the target image to the world coordinate system as shown in FIG. 51B , the electronic device can arrange the adapter array included in the information according to the preset arrangement in the world coordinate system. In the case of arrangement (12 rows and 12 columns), the surface of the box displayed in the world coordinate system is divided to form multiple regions (12 rows and 12 columns).
  • the adapter located in the 1st row and the 1st column corresponds to the area located in the 1st row and the 1st column in the world coordinate system
  • the adapter located in the Nth row and the Mth column in the preset arrangement information corresponds to Corresponds to the area located in the Nth row and Mth column in the world coordinate system.
  • the adapter located in the 1st row and the 1st column corresponds to the area located in the 1st row and the 1st column in the world coordinate system, which means that in the preset arrangement information, the adapter located in the 1st row and the 1st column corresponds to
  • the relative positional relationship between the center point of the adapter in the column and each marker structure is the same as the relative positional relationship between the center point of the target area located in the first row and the first column in the world coordinate system and each marker structure. same.
  • the computer determines the target area in the world coordinate system.
  • the computer determines that the area 5301 located in the second row and the first column in the world coordinate system is the target area.
  • the adapter corresponding to the target area 5301 is also located in the second row and the first column in the adapter array.
  • the computer successfully reads the two-dimensional code in the target area 5301, it is determined that the adapter corresponding to the target area 5301 has been inserted with the optical fiber connector assembly. If the computer does not read the two-dimensional code in the target area 5301, it is determined that the adapter corresponding to the target area 5301 is an idle adapter without an optical fiber connector assembly.
  • the computer successfully reads the two-dimensional code A in the target area 5301 as an example for illustration.
  • the memory of the computer shown in this example also stores the correspondence between the graphic information A included in the two-dimensional code A and the identifier A of the adapter.
  • the computer can store a work order system, and the work order system is stored in order to realize the successful transmission of optical signals, and the optical fiber connector assembly marked by the two-dimensional code A needs to be inserted into the adapter with the mark A.
  • optical fiber connector assembly identified by the two-dimensional code A If the optical fiber connector assembly identified by the two-dimensional code A is not inserted into the adapter with the identification A indicated by the work order system, it means that the optical fiber connector assembly identified by the two-dimensional code A is inserted in the wrong adapter. Then, the optical fiber connector assembly identified by the two-dimensional code A cannot realize the transmission of optical signals.
  • the optical fiber connector component identified by the QR code A needs to be inserted into the corresponding adapter A, then the example can be verified in the world coordinate system, and the target area is 5301 Whether the corresponding adapter is adapter A, if so, it means that the optical fiber connector assembly identified by QR code A has been inserted into the exact adapter; if not, it means that the optical fiber connector assembly identified by QR code A has not been inserted. Set into the exact adapter.
  • the computer in this example can check whether the identification of the adapter corresponding to the target area is the same as the identification A of the adapter corresponding to the two-dimensional code A in the work order system.
  • the computer determines whether the identification of the adapter corresponding to the target area is identification A.
  • optical fiber connector assembly identified by the two-dimensional code A has been inserted into the adapter with the identification A shown in the work order system, which effectively ensures the continuity of the optical signal transmission path.
  • the computer generates identification success indication information, which is used to indicate the event that the optical fiber connector assembly identified by the two-dimensional code A has been inserted into the adapter with the identification A shown in the work order system.
  • the computer generates identification failure indication information, which is used to indicate the event that the optical fiber connector assembly identified by the two-dimensional code A has been inserted into the wrong adapter.
  • This embodiment provides a labeling system 5200, which will be described below with reference to FIGS. 52 to 55 .
  • the labeling system 5200 shown in this embodiment includes an insert frame 5201.
  • the insert frame 5201 please refer to Embodiment 1, which is not repeated in this embodiment.
  • the subrack 5201 includes a plurality of adapters.
  • the adapters and how the adapters are fixedly arranged on the subrack 5201 please refer to Embodiment 9 for details, and will not be repeated.
  • the adapters are distinguished according to different devices inserted into the adapters.
  • the first adapter 5206 of the subrack 5201 shown in this embodiment is an adapter in which an optical fiber connector assembly 5205 is inserted.
  • the structure of the optical fiber connector assembly 5205 reference may be made to any one of the above-mentioned Embodiments 1 to 8, and the specific structure of the optical fiber connector assembly is not repeated in this embodiment.
  • the second adapter 5207 of the subrack 5201 shown in this embodiment is an adapter for inserting the identification component 5208.
  • the identification component 5208 is described below:
  • an identification component 5208 can be inserted into the second adapter 5207 to effectively prevent dust from entering the plug port of the second adapter 5207 .
  • the identification assembly 5208 includes a dustproof plug 5209, an extension piece 5210 and an identification module 5211.
  • the dustproof plug 5209 is inserted into the socket of the second adapter 5207, so as to prevent external dust from entering the second adapter 5207's socket.
  • the extension piece 5210 is respectively connected with the dustproof plug 5209 and the identification module 5211.
  • the connection piece shown in the first embodiment specifically in this embodiment The example is not repeated.
  • the identification module 5211 has an identification surface 5212.
  • the identification surface 5212 shown in this embodiment is located within the imaging range or the visible range.
  • the imaging range and the visible range please refer to Embodiment 1, and details are not repeated.
  • the identification surface 5212 shown in this embodiment is used to indicate the position of the second adapter 5207 in the frame.
  • a barcode, color patch, etc. indicates the position of the second adapter 5207 in the slot.
  • the identification surface 5212 may be in a blank state to indicate the position of the second adapter 5207 in the slot.
  • the overall structure of the identification surface 5212 is in a specific shape, for example, the overall structure of the identification surface 5212 is in any shape such as a circle, a square, and a rectangle. This embodiment does not limit the identification surface 5212, as long as the electronic device can determine the position of the second adapter 5207 inserted into the identification module 5211 in the slot according to the identification surface 5212.
  • the extension piece 5210 shown in this embodiment has a fiber passage, which effectively avoids the occurrence of hard contact between the optical cable connected to the optical fiber connector assembly already inserted on the sub-frame and the extension piece 5210, which improves the safety of the optical fiber cable.
  • the extension member 5210 for setting the fiber passage please refer to the description of the connector shown in Embodiment 1 for setting the fiber passage, and details are not repeated in this embodiment.
  • Embodiment 11 provides an identification method based on Embodiment 11.
  • the specific structure of the label system to which the identification method shown in this embodiment is applied please refer to Embodiment 11, and details are not repeated.
  • Step 5601 the electronic device acquires the target image.
  • step 5601 For the specific execution process of step 5601 shown in this embodiment, please refer to step 5001 shown in FIG. 50 for details. The specific execution process will not be repeated.
  • Step 5602 The electronic device acquires label information in the target image.
  • the electronic device may determine the tag information to be recognized in the target image.
  • This embodiment does not limit how to determine the label information.
  • two target images can be continuously acquired, and the two target images can be compared respectively. If the two target images are located at the same position with If the newly added label information is added, it is determined to identify the label information.
  • the electronic device may identify the pieces of tag information included in the target image one by one or randomly.
  • Step 5603 The electronic device determines whether the tag information has a corresponding second target adapter according to the first preset correspondence, and if so, executes step 5605, and if not, executes step 5604.
  • the electronic device acquires a first preset correspondence, wherein the first preset correspondence includes correspondences between different label information and different second target adapters, wherein the second target
  • the adapter is the adapter into which the optical fiber connector body identified by the label information needs to be inserted.
  • the second target adapter refers to that, in order to realize the transmission of optical signals, the optical fiber connector body identified by the label information needs to be inserted into the second target adapter to realize the connection of optical signals.
  • label information is used as a two-dimensional code
  • the two-dimensional code includes graphic information
  • the first preset correspondence shown in this embodiment includes correspondence between different graphic information and different second target adapters relation.
  • the corresponding second target adapter can be determined in the first preset correspondence according to the graphic information included in the label information.
  • step 5605 is executed. If the electronic device determines that the tag information is in the first preset correspondence and there is a corresponding second target adapter, step 5605 is executed. If the electronic device determines that the tag information is in the first preset correspondence , there is no corresponding second target adapter, then step 5604 is executed.
  • Step 5604 the electronic device generates prompt information.
  • the electronic device determines that there is no correspondence between the label information and the identifier of the second target adapter in the first preset correspondence, it means that the label information is not identified by the label information.
  • the corresponding adapter is assigned to the optical fiber connector body, that is, it is not necessary to realize the transmission of optical signals through the optical fiber connector body identified by the label information, and the electronic device can generate prompt information, which is used to indicate that the label does not exist. information and the event of the correspondence relationship between the identifier of the second target adapter.
  • the prompt information may also include the label information.
  • the maintenance personnel can determine that the optical fiber connector body identified by the label information does not need to be used, and the maintenance personnel can use the optical fiber connector. The body is pulled out from the socket.
  • Step 5605 The electronic device determines the position information of the tag information in the tag array according to the target image.
  • the electronic device first needs to determine the label array in the target image according to the target image.
  • the label array shown in this embodiment is an array formed by at least part of the identification surface and the label information inserted on the insertion frame.
  • the optical fiber connector assembly is inserted into the on the plug frame, and in the state where the identification component is inserted into the plug frame, the target image formed by the camera shooting the plug frame can include the label information of the optical fiber connector assembly and the The identification surface of the label assembly.
  • the sub-frame shown in this embodiment may be in a fully equipped state, that is, any adapter included in the sub-frame is plugged with an optical fiber connector assembly or an identification assembly, and the electronic device analyzes the target image, that is, In the label array, the number of label information and the number of identification surfaces included in each row can be determined, and the number of label information and the number of identification surfaces included in each column in the label array can also be determined, and then The arrangement of the adapter array is determined.
  • the third target adapter provided on the plug frame shown in this embodiment is used to insert the identification component.
  • the third target adapter please refer to the second adapter shown in the eleventh embodiment above. The specific description is not repeated in this embodiment.
  • the electronic device may analyze the target image and determine that the first row of the label array includes 8 label information and 2 identification surfaces.
  • the electronic device can determine that the first row of the adapter array includes 10 adapters.
  • the adapter array please refer to the ninth embodiment above, which is not repeated in this embodiment.
  • the sub-frame shown in this embodiment may not be in a fully equipped state, but in order to determine the label array, the electronic device needs to insert one or more optical fiber connector assemblies in each column of the adapter array Or identification components, it is also necessary to insert one or more optical fiber connector components or identification components in each row of the adapter.
  • each row in the label array has at least one label information or identification surface
  • each column in the label array has at least one label information or identification surface
  • the electronic device determines, according to the label array in the target image, the number of label information and the number of identification surfaces included in each row in the label array, and can also determine the number of labels in the label array.
  • the number of label information included in a column and the number of the identification surfaces further determine the arrangement of the adapter array.
  • this embodiment does not limit the label information included in the label array and the specific arrangement of the identification surface, as long as the electronic device can determine the label array based on the label array in the target image.
  • the specific arrangement can be.
  • the position and orientation sensor inside the electronic device is usually used to obtain the angle and position information when shooting the insert frame, and the obtained target image is converted to the world coordinate system through conversion and rejection to realize the target image.
  • the label array is accurate in both vertical and horizontal directions, thereby improving the accuracy of the label array obtained from the target image.
  • the electronic device shown in this embodiment converts the target image to the world coordinate system based on the accurate horizontal and vertical directions of the label array in the target image, and divides the target image in the world coordinate system to form a plurality of The area array of the area, and then the label array can be accurately determined according to the area array.
  • the arrangement of the multiple regions included in the divided region array shown in this embodiment is the same as the arrangement of the multiple label information or identification surfaces included in the label array, and one-to-one correspondence is sufficient.
  • a plurality of label information or identification surfaces included in a label array are arranged in a manner of N rows and M columns, then a plurality of areas are also arranged in a manner of N rows and M columns to form an area array, and each area is in The position in the area array is the same as the position of the label information or identification surface corresponding to the area in the label information.
  • the insert frame shown in this embodiment can be set with row number indication information and column number indication information.
  • the row number indication information is used to indicate the corresponding label information or the specific number of rows where the identification surface is located in the label array.
  • the column number indication information is used to indicate the specific column number where the corresponding label information or identification surface is located in the label array.
  • the row number indication information and the column number indication information corresponding to the label information can determine the specific position of the label information in the label array, and identify the row number indication information and column number indication information corresponding to the surface, that is, The specific location of the identification surface in the label array can be determined.
  • the sub-frame has 12-column adapters and 12-row adapters, then at the starting position 5214 of each column adapter of the sub-frame, set the column number indication information, specifically, the column number indication information
  • the character "12" can be used, and the character "12" indicates that the adapters whose characters are located in the same column are located in the 12th column in the adapter array.
  • set the row number indication information can be the character "6", and the character "6" indicates that the character is located in the same row of the adapters, all located in the same row. Row 6 in the adapter array.
  • the electronic device determines the specific arrangement of the label array in the target image, and can then determine the location information of the label information in the label array, wherein the location information of the label information in the label array is: The coordinates of the label information in the label array, for example, which row and column the label information is located in.
  • Step 5606 The electronic device determines the identifier of the first target adapter according to the position information of the tag information in the tag array.
  • the electronic device may determine the identifier of the first target adapter according to any of the following methods.
  • the first target adapter please refer to the first target adapter shown in the eleventh embodiment. The adapter is shown, and details are not repeated.
  • the electronic device determines the position information of the first target adapter in the adapter array according to the position information of the tag information in the tag array;
  • the location information of the label information in the label array is the same as the location information of the first target adapter into which the optical fiber connector body identified by the label information is inserted in the adapter array.
  • the position information of the label information in the label array is the 1st row and the 3rd column
  • the position of the first target adapter into which the optical fiber connector body identified by the label information is inserted is located in the adapter array.
  • the information is also row 1 and column 3.
  • the electronic device acquires the identifier of the first target adapter according to the position information of the first target adapter in the adapter array and the first correspondence.
  • the electronic device may create a first correspondence in advance, wherein the first correspondence includes a correspondence between the position information of the first target adapter in the adapter array and the identifier of the first target adapter.
  • the electronic device obtains the position information of the first target adapter in the adapter array, it can be determined that in the first correspondence The identifier of the first target adapter corresponding to the location information in the adapter array.
  • the electronic device may create a second correspondence in advance, wherein the second correspondence includes the correspondence between the position information of the label information in the label array and the identifier of the first target adapter.
  • the electronic device when it obtains the position information of the tag information in the tag array, it can determine the position of the tag information in the tag array in the second corresponding relationship with the tag information The identifier of the first target adapter corresponding to the information.
  • the electronic device shown in this embodiment can also realize the digital management process of the plug-in frame, that is, when the electronic device obtains the label information and the first target adapter corresponding to the label information, it indicates that the label information identifies the
  • the adapter inserted into the optical fiber connector assembly is the first target adapter, thereby realizing the digital input and management of the adapter resources of the plug-in frame, and it is not necessary to manually perform the insertion relationship between the optical fiber connector assembly and the adapter on site. Viewing and inputting one by one effectively improves the accuracy and efficiency of managing adapter resources of subracks.
  • Step 5607 The electronic device determines whether the identifier of the first target adapter is the same as the identifier of the second target adapter, if so, executes step 5608, and if not, executes step 5609.
  • Step 5608 The electronic device generates identification success indication information.
  • the success indication information can be generated, and the success indication information is used to indicate the An event that the fiber optic connector body identified by the label information has been inserted into the corresponding second target adapter.
  • the maintenance personnel can determine, according to the identification success indication information, that the optical fiber connector body identified by the label information has been inserted into the corresponding second target adapter.
  • Step 5609 The electronic device generates identification failure indication information.
  • the failure indication information may be generated, and the failure indication information is used to indicate the The identification of the first target adapter is different from the identification of the second target adapter.
  • the maintenance personnel can determine, according to the identification failure indication information, that the optical fiber connector body identified by the label information has been inserted into the wrong adapter.
  • the failure indication information may further include the location information of the label information. It can be seen that the maintenance personnel, according to the location information of the label information included in the identification failure information, are in the label array. , accurately locate the label information.
  • the camera of the smartphone is aimed at the insert frame, so that the entire panel of the insert frame is located within the camera range of the smartphone, and the smartphone is used to take a picture of the insert frame to obtain the target image.
  • the entire panel of the sub-frame is photographed by a camera located at the upper right corner of the sub-frame surface.
  • the target image which can be as shown in Figure 52.
  • the first adapter to the fourth adapter in the first column All plugged in are identification modules, and the fifth to twelfth adapters in the first column are all plugged in fiber optic connector assemblies.
  • the smartphone transmits the target image to the computer.
  • the computer determines the label information (two-dimensional code A) to be recognized in the target image.
  • the calculator acquires two consecutively received target images A and B, and the time when the computer receives the target image A is earlier than the time when the target image B is received.
  • the adapter array If in the target image A, the area located in the 3rd row and the 5th column is a red marking surface, it is determined that in the adapter array, the adapter located in the 3rd row and the 5th column is inserted into the marking module.
  • the computer detects the area in the 3rd row and the 5th column. If the red marking surface is detected in the area of the 3rd row and the 5th column, it means that the adapter in the 3rd row and the 5th column is still inserted with the mark. module.
  • the two-dimensional code A is detected in the area of the 3rd row and the 5th column, it means that in the adapter array, the adapter located in the 3rd row and the 5th column has inserted the optical fiber connector assembly.
  • the computer can then determine that in the label array, the two-dimensional code A located in the third row and the fifth column is the label information to be identified.
  • the computer can store a work order system, and the work order system is stored to realize the successful transmission of the optical signal, and the optical fiber connector assembly identified by the two-dimensional code A needs to be inserted into the adapter with the identification A.
  • optical fiber connector assembly identified by the two-dimensional code A is inserted into the adapter with the identification A indicated by the work order system, it means that the optical fiber connector assembly identified by the two-dimensional code A is inserted in the wrong adapter, Then, the optical fiber connector assembly identified by the two-dimensional code A cannot realize the transmission of optical signals.
  • the optical fiber connector component identified by the QR code A needs to be inserted into the corresponding adapter A, then the QR code A to be identified can be identified as shown in this example, which is located on the label 3rd row and 5th column in the array, the computer can obtain the identification of the adapter located in the 3rd row and 5th column in the adapter array.
  • the computer has pre-stored the position information of the Nth row and the Mth column corresponding to each adapter in the adapter array, and the identifier of each adapter.
  • the computer determines whether the identification of the adapter located in the third row and the fifth column in the adapter array is identification A.
  • optical fiber connector assembly identified by the two-dimensional code A has been inserted into the adapter with the identification A shown in the work order system, which effectively ensures the continuity of the optical signal transmission path.
  • the computer generates identification success indication information, which is used to indicate the event that the optical fiber connector assembly identified by the two-dimensional code A has been inserted into the adapter with the identification A shown in the work order system.
  • the computer generates identification failure indication information, which is used to indicate the event that the optical fiber connector assembly identified by the two-dimensional code A has been inserted into the wrong adapter.
  • This embodiment also provides a label assembly.
  • the label assembly please refer to any one of the foregoing Embodiments 2 to 8, and details are not described in this embodiment.
  • the embodiments of the present application further provide a computer-readable storage medium, where a software program is stored in the storage medium, and the software program can be read and executed by one or more processors.
  • a software program is stored in the storage medium, and the software program can be read and executed by one or more processors.
  • the methods provided by any one or more of the tenth embodiment and the twelfth embodiment above are implemented.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may include: a U disk, a removable hard disk, a read-only memory, a random access memory, a magnetic disk or an optical disk, and other mediums that can store program codes.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a chip, where the chip includes a processor, and is configured to implement the functions involved in any one of Embodiment 10 and Embodiment 12 above.
  • the chip further includes a memory, and the memory is used for necessary program instructions and data to be executed by the processor.
  • the chip may consist of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Toxicology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Electromagnetism (AREA)
  • Artificial Intelligence (AREA)
  • Computer Vision & Pattern Recognition (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Multimedia (AREA)
  • Mechanical Coupling Of Light Guides (AREA)
  • Light Guides In General And Applications Therefor (AREA)
  • Optical Couplings Of Light Guides (AREA)

Abstract

一种光纤连接器组件(203、401、402、1200、1500、2900、3300、3900、4300、4605)、标签系统(4600、5200)、标签模块(503、1206、1501、2001、2901、3303、3903、4303)以及识别方法,其用于提高对光纤连接器组件(203、401、402、1200、1500、2900、3300、3900、4300、4605)进行识别的效率和准确性。光纤连接器组件(203、401、402、1200、1500、2900、3300、3900、4300、4605)包括光纤连接器本体(501、411、1201、3901、4301)、连接件(502、406、3902、4302)和标签模块(503、1206、1501、2001、2901、3303、3903、4303),连接件(502、406、3902、4302)分别与光纤连接器本体(501、411、1201、3901、4301、)和标签模块(503、1206、1501、2001、2901、3303、3903、4303)连接,标签模块(503、1206、1501、2001、2901、3303、3903、4303)具有目标表面(601、4312),目标表面(601、4312)与光纤连接器本体(501、411、1201、3901、4301)位置相背,目标表面(601、4312)用于设置标签信息,标签信息用于标识光纤连接器本体(501、411、1201、3901、4301、)。

Description

一种光纤连接器组件、标签系统、标签模块以及识别方法
本申请要求于2020年8月21日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为202010852565.8、申请名称为“一种光纤连接器组件、标签系统、标签模块以及识别方法”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及光纤通信领域,尤其涉及一种光纤连接器组件、标签系统、标签模块以及识别方法。
背景技术
光网络中包括网络节点,该网络节点包括多个适配器,每个适配器用于插设固定光纤连接器组件。网络节点所包括的适配器的数量越来越多,为保证光信号能够准确地从源节点传输至目标节点,则需要准确地将各个光纤连接器组件准确地插设入其对应的适配器内。
现有技术可通过射频识别(radio frequency identification,RFID)的方式插设在适配器上的各个光纤连接器组件进行识别,具体地,在光纤连接器组件处增加RFID标签,通过专用的识别装置识别光纤连接器组件的RFID标签,即可识别出具体地光纤连接器组件。
但是,通过RFID的方式对光纤连接器组件进行识别,需要通过专用的识别装置,增加了对光纤连接器组件进行识别的成本,而且在网络节点包括大量的光纤连接器组件的情况下,需要通过识别装置对大量的光纤连接器组件进行逐一的识别,降低了对光纤连接器组件进行识别的效率。
发明内容
本申请提供了一种光纤连接器组件、标签系统、标签模块以及识别方法,其用于提高对光纤连接器组件进行识别的效率和准确性。
本申请发明实施例第一方面提供了一种光纤连接器组件,所述光纤连接器组件包括光纤连接器本体、连接件和标签模块,所述连接件分别与所述光纤连接器本体和所述标签模块连接,所述标签模块具有目标表面,所述目标表面与所述光纤连接器本体位置相背,所述目标表面用于设置标签信息,所述标签信息用于标识所述光纤连接器本体。
可见,光纤连接器组件的标签模块设置有标签信息,通过该标签信息即可唯一地标识光纤连接器本体,且标签信息位于摄像范围或视线范围内,通过标签信息即可准确的识别光纤连接器本体。
而且通过所述标签信息还能够识别标签信息所标识的光纤连接器本体是否准确地插入对应的适配器内,提高了对光纤连接器本体是否准确地插入对应的适配器内进行识别的准确性。
因插设在插框上的各个光纤连接器组件的标签信息均位于摄像范围内,则在带有摄像头的终端设备(如智能手机)对插框进行拍摄即可获取包括各个标签信息的目标图像,通过该目标图像即可识别目标图像中的各个标签信息所标识的各个光纤连接器本体,无需采用专用的装置进行识别,有效地降低了对标签信息所标识的光纤连接器本体进行识别的成本和复杂度,而且对目标图像所包括的各个标签信息所标识的各个光纤连接器本体进行识别,提高了识别的效率。
而且光纤连接器组件可以在光纤连接器组件出厂的时候完成标签信息的设置,简化施工现场操作步骤。在施工现场直接将光纤连接器插设入对应的适配器即可,提高了将光纤连接器组件安装至插框上的效率。可选地,光纤连接器组件出厂时可不设置标签信息,在施工现场将标签信息设置在光纤连接器组件的目标表面上。
而且插框会形成标签阵列,所述标签阵列包括已插设在插框上的所有光纤连接器组件的标签信息,因不同的光纤连接器组件均位于标签阵列中,且标签阵列整体位于可视范围或摄像范围内,则通过对标签阵列进行查看或拍照的方式即可对光纤连接器组件进行识别,识别的过程不会受到其他光纤连接器组件或光缆的干涉,从而提高了识别的效率以及识别的准确性。
基于第一方面,一种可选地实现方式中,所述光纤连接器本体和所述连接件为一体成型结构。具体地,光纤连接器本体包括插头、中间件以及尾套,所述中间件连接在所述插头和所述尾套之间。
所述光纤连接器组件的连接件、标签模块以及插头为一体成型结构,或所述连接件、标签模块、所述插头以及所述中间件为一体成型结构,或,所述连接件、标签模块以及所述中间件为一体成型结构,该一体成型结构形成外壳,有效地提高了光纤连接器组件结构的稳定,从而使得在网络节点后续使用的过程中,所述光纤连接器组件的标签信息不会出现位置的偏移的情况,进而有效地保证了标签信息能够始终位于视线范围或摄像范围内,提高了对标签信息所标识的光纤连接器本体进行识别的准确性。
基于第一方面,一种可选地实现方式中,所述光纤连接器本体包括依次连接的插头、中间件和尾套,所述连接件包括安装槽和延伸杆,所述延伸杆的一端与所述安装槽连接,所述延伸杆的另一端与所述标签模块连接,所述安装槽插设固定所述中间件。
基于第一方面,一种可选地实现方式中,所述安装槽具有内凹的插设空间,所述插设空间插设固定所述中间件。
可见,在所述中间件插设入所述插设空间内的状态下,有效地保证所述标签模块的标签信息始终位于可视范围或摄像范围内。而且通过所述插设空间有效地提高了光纤连接器组件整体结构的稳固。
基于第一方面,一种可选地实现方式中,所述安装槽、所述延伸杆和所述标签模块之间形成容纳通道,所述容纳通道容纳所述尾套和部分所述光缆。
可见,通过光纤连接器组件所设置的容纳通道,有效地避免在摄像范围内对标签模块的标签信息造成遮挡,从而有效地保证了标签信息的清楚和完整,提高了通过标签信息对光纤连接器本体进行识别的准确性。
基于第一方面,一种可选地实现方式中,所述安装槽的槽壁设置卡持凸起,所述中间件设置卡持凹槽,所述中间件经由所述安装槽的槽口插入所述安装槽内,直至所述卡持凸起卡持固定在所述卡持凹槽内,所述槽口沿所述光纤连接器本体的轴向延伸。
可见,通过卡持凸起和卡持凹槽结构的匹配,有效地提高了所述光纤连接器组件结构的稳固。
基于第一方面,一种可选地实现方式中,所述连接件还包括卡盖,所述槽口的外侧形 成滑轨,所述卡盖与所述滑轨位置相对处形成滑道,在所述滑道插设于所述滑轨内的状态下,所述卡盖盖设于所述槽口处。
可见,在所述光纤连接器本体的中间件插设于所述安装槽内的状态下,因所述卡盖对所述中间件的抵持作用,有效地提高了所述中间件和所述安装槽之间结构的稳固,避免标签组件从光纤连接器本体上脱离的情况的出现。从而有效地保证了光纤连接器组件的标签信息始终位于视线范围或摄像范围内,有效地保证了对标签信息所标识的光纤连接器本体进行识别的准确性和效率。
基于第一方面,一种可选地实现方式中,所述连接件包括第一构件、第二构件以及第三构件,所述第一构件的第一端部形成所述安装槽的槽口,所述槽口沿所述光纤连接器本体的轴向延伸,所述第一构件的第二端部连接所述标签模块,所述第一构件的第一端部和所述第一构件的第二端部之间为所述延伸杆;所述第二构件和所述第三构件位于所述第一构件的第一端部位置相对的两侧,且所述第三构件覆盖所述安装槽的槽口设置,相互扣合的所述第一构件、所述第二构件和所述第三构件形成所述安装槽。
可见,在光纤连接器本体已插设在插框上的适配器的情况下,若需要在光纤连接器本体上安装用于标识该光纤连接器本体的标签信息,则可在无需将光纤连接器本体从适配器上插拔的情况下,直接将所述第一构件、所述第二构件以及所述第三构件在所述光纤连接器本体上组合以形成所述标签组件,从而使得在将标签组件安装在光纤连接器本体上的过程中,无需中断光纤连接器本体所传输的光信号。
因此,在插框布局有高密度的适配器的场景,操作空间有限,而且要求不能断网的情况下,本方面可以在光纤连接器本体一直保持插入在适配器内的状态下,对光纤连接器组件进行组装,有效地避免了在安装标签组件的过程中出现断网的情况。
基于第一方面,一种可选地实现方式中,所述安装槽的槽壁沿所述光纤连接器本体的轴向设置有切槽,所述切槽的间隙在外力的作用下进行改变,直至所述中间件卡合固定于所述安装槽内。
可见,所述安装槽可由弹性材质制成,进而可使得所述切槽的间隙在外力的作用下进行改变,直至所述中间件卡合固定于所述安装槽内。有效地提高了光纤连接器组件的结构的稳固。
基于第一方面,一种可选地实现方式中,所述安装槽具有沿所述光纤连接器本体的轴向位置相对的第一通道口和第二通道口;所述连接件还包括多个弹性臂,所述多个弹性臂的第一端与所述第二通道口连接,所述多个弹性臂的第二端相互靠近;相互靠近的所述多个弹性臂之间所形成的容纳空间用于容纳所述中间件。
基于第一方面,一种可选地实现方式中,所述中间件的外周面设置有环形凹槽,在所述多个弹性臂插设于所述环形凹槽内的状态下,所述安装槽与所述中间件连接。
基于第一方面,一种可选地实现方式中,所述第一通道口沿朝向所述插头的方向设置有限位凸起,所述中间件与所述限位凸起对应的位置设置有限位凹槽,所述限位凸起插设于所述限位凹槽内,以限制所述安装槽进行旋转。
可见,通过多个弹性臂容纳光纤连接器本体,有效地提高了光纤连接器组件整体结构 的稳固。
基于第一方面,一种可选地实现方式中,所述连接件具有第一通道,所述标签模块具有第二通道,所述第一通道和所述第二通道连通,所述光缆经由所述第一通道和所述第二通道进行延伸。
基于第一方面,一种可选地实现方式中,所述光纤连接器组件包括弹臂,所述弹臂的一端与所述光纤连接器组件连接,所述弹臂的另一端与所述光纤连接器组件之间具有间隙;所述光纤连接器组件还包括与所述连接件连接的解锁件,所述解锁件包括抵持端和作用端,所述抵持端和所述作用端之间通过过渡杆连接,所述抵持端抵持所述弹臂,所述作用端延伸至靠近所述目标表面的位置处,所述作用端在外力的作用下,带动所述抵持端对所述弹臂施加作用力,以改变所述间隙的大小。
基于第一方面,一种可选地实现方式中,所述连接件设置有旋转凸起,所述过渡杆设置有旋转孔,在所述旋转凸起插设于所述旋转孔内的状态下,所述解锁件以所述旋转孔为中心进行旋转。
可见,通过解锁件实现远程将光纤连接器组件插入至适配器中的目的,还能够实现远程将光纤连接器组件从适配器中拔出的目的,在对光纤连接器组件进行插拔的过程,无需施工人员的手部在插头的区域施加作用力,从而提高了对光纤连接器组件进行插拔的操作效率,而且因对光纤连接器组件进行远程操作,从而避免了施工人员的手部接触光纤连接器组件以及光缆的情况,避免了光纤连接器组件以及光缆在外力的作用下导致出现故障的可能,提高了安全性。
基于第一方面,一种可选地实现方式中,所述连接件的外壁内凹形成有过纤通道。
可见,所述过纤通道能够对第二光纤连接器组件402所连接的光缆的延伸方向进行避让,能够有效地避免第二光纤连接器组件402所连接的光缆与所述第一光纤连接器组件401之间出现硬接触的可能,有效地提高了第二光纤连接器组件402所连接的光缆的安全性。
本申请发明实施例第二方面提供了一种标签系统,所述标签系统包括插框,所述插框包括多个适配器,所述多个适配器包括第一适配器,光纤连接器组件插设于所述第一适配器内,所述光纤连接器组件包括光纤连接器本体、连接件和标签模块,所述连接件分别与所述光纤连接器本体和所述标签模块连接,所述标签模块具有目标表面,所述目标表面与所述光纤连接器本体位置相背,所述目标表面用于设置标签信息,所述标签信息用于标识所述光纤连接器本体。
本方面所示的有益效果的说明,请详见第一方面所示,具体不做赘述。
基于第二方面,一种可选地实现方式中,所述多个适配器包括第二适配器,所述标签系统还包括标识组件,所述标识组件包括防尘插头、延伸件和标识模块,所述防尘插头插设于所述第二适配器内,所述延伸件分别与所述防尘插头和所述标识模块连接,所述标识模块具有标识表面,所述标识表面与所述第二适配器位置相背,所述标识表面用于指示所述第二适配器在所述插框中的位置。
基于第二方面,一种可选地实现方式中,所述延伸件的外壁内凹形成有过纤通道。
基于第二方面,一种可选地实现方式中,所述标签系统还包括标记结构,所述标记结 构用于指示所述第一适配器的标识、所述第一适配器的位置信息和所述标签信息的位置信息的对应关系。
基于第二方面,一种可选地实现方式中,所述光纤连接器本体和所述连接件为一体成型结构。
基于第二方面,一种可选地实现方式中,所述光纤连接器本体包括依次连接的插头、中间件和尾套,所述连接件包括安装槽和延伸杆,所述延伸杆的一端与所述安装槽连接,所述延伸杆的另一端与所述标签模块连接,所述安装槽插设固定所述中间件。
基于第二方面,一种可选地实现方式中,所述安装槽具有内凹的插设空间,所述插设空间插设固定所述中间件。
基于第二方面,一种可选地实现方式中,所述安装槽、所述延伸杆和所述标签模块之间形成容纳通道,所述容纳通道容纳所述尾套和部分所述光缆。
基于第二方面,一种可选地实现方式中,所述安装槽的槽壁设置卡持凸起,所述中间件设置卡持凹槽,所述中间件经由所述安装槽的槽口插入所述安装槽内,直至所述卡持凸起卡持固定在所述卡持凹槽内,所述槽口沿所述光纤连接器本体的轴向延伸。
基于第二方面,一种可选地实现方式中,所述连接件还包括卡盖,所述槽口的外侧形成滑轨,所述卡盖与所述滑轨位置相对处形成滑道,在所述滑道插设于所述滑轨内的状态下,所述卡盖盖设于所述槽口处。
基于第二方面,一种可选地实现方式中,所述连接件包括第一构件、第二构件以及第三构件,所述第一构件的第一端部形成所述安装槽的槽口,所述槽口沿所述光纤连接器本体的轴向延伸,所述第一构件的第二端部连接所述标签模块,所述第一构件的第一端部和所述第一构件的第二端部之间为所述延伸杆;所述第二构件和所述第三构件位于所述第一构件的第一端部位置相对的两侧,且所述第三构件覆盖所述安装槽的槽口设置,相互扣合的所述第一构件、所述第二构件和所述第三构件形成所述安装槽。
基于第二方面,一种可选地实现方式中,所述安装槽的槽壁沿所述光纤连接器本体的轴向设置有切槽,所述切槽的间隙在外力的作用下进行改变,直至所述中间件卡合固定于所述安装槽内。
基于第二方面,一种可选地实现方式中,所述安装槽具有沿所述光纤连接器本体的轴向位置相对的第一通道口和第二通道口;所述连接件还包括多个弹性臂,所述多个弹性臂的第一端与所述第二通道口连接,所述多个弹性臂的第二端相互靠近;相互靠近的所述多个弹性臂之间所形成的容纳空间用于容纳所述中间件。
基于第二方面,一种可选地实现方式中,所述中间件的外周面设置有环形凹槽,在所述多个弹性臂插设于所述环形凹槽内的状态下,所述安装槽与所述中间件连接。
基于第二方面,一种可选地实现方式中,所述第一通道口沿朝向所述插头的方向设置有限位凸起,所述中间件与所述限位凸起对应的位置设置有限位凹槽,所述限位凸起插设于所述限位凹槽内,以限制所述安装槽进行旋转。
基于第二方面,一种可选地实现方式中,所述连接件具有第一通道,所述标签模块具有第二通道,所述第一通道和所述第二通道连通,所述光缆经由所述第一通道和所述第二 通道进行延伸。
基于第二方面,一种可选地实现方式中,所述光纤连接器组件包括弹臂,所述弹臂的一端与所述光纤连接器组件连接,所述弹臂的另一端与所述光纤连接器组件之间具有间隙;所述光纤连接器组件还包括与所述连接件连接的解锁件,所述解锁件包括抵持端和作用端,所述抵持端和所述作用端之间通过过渡杆连接,所述抵持端抵持所述弹臂,所述作用端延伸至靠近所述目标表面的位置处,所述作用端在外力的作用下,带动所述抵持端对所述弹臂施加作用力,以改变所述间隙的大小。
基于第二方面,一种可选地实现方式中,所述连接件设置有旋转凸起,所述过渡杆设置有旋转孔,在所述旋转凸起插设于所述旋转孔内的状态下,所述解锁件以所述旋转孔为中心进行旋转。
基于第二方面,一种可选地实现方式中,所述连接件的外壁内凹形成有过纤通道。
本申请发明实施例第三方面提供了一种标签组件,应用于光纤连接器本体,所述标签组件包括连接件和标签模块,所述连接件与所述标签模块连接,所述标签模块具有目标表面,所述目标表面与所述连接件位置相背,所述目标表面用于设置标签信息,所述标签信息用于标识所述光纤连接器本体。
本方面所示的有益效果的说明,请详见第一方面所示,具体不做赘述。
基于第三方面,一种可选地实现方式中,所述连接件包括安装槽和延伸杆,所述延伸杆的一端与所述安装槽连接,所述延伸杆的另一端与所述标签模块连接,所述安装槽插设固定所述光纤连接器本体的中间件。
基于第三方面,一种可选地实现方式中,所述安装槽具有内凹的插设空间,所述插设空间插设固定所述中间件。
基于第三方面,一种可选地实现方式中,所述安装槽、所述延伸杆和所述标签模块之间形成容纳通道,所述容纳通道容纳所述光纤连接器本体的尾套和部分光缆。
基于第三方面,一种可选地实现方式中,所述安装槽的槽壁设置卡持凸起,所述中间件设置卡持凹槽,所述中间件经由所述安装槽的槽口插入所述安装槽内,直至所述卡持凸起卡持固定在所述卡持凹槽内,所述槽口沿所述光纤连接器本体的轴向延伸。
基于第三方面,一种可选地实现方式中,所述连接件还包括卡盖,所述槽口的外侧形成滑轨,所述卡盖与所述滑轨位置相对处形成滑道,在所述滑道插设于所述滑轨内的状态下,所述卡盖盖设于所述槽口处。
基于第三方面,一种可选地实现方式中,所述连接件包括第一构件、第二构件以及第三构件,所述第一构件的第一端部形成所述安装槽的槽口,所述槽口沿所述光纤连接器本体的轴向延伸,所述第一构件的第二端部连接所述标签模块,所述第一构件的第一端部和所述第一构件的第二端部之间为所述延伸杆;所述第二构件和所述第三构件位于所述第一构件的第一端部位置相对的两侧,且所述第三构件覆盖所述安装槽的槽口设置,相互扣合的所述第一构件、所述第二构件和所述第三构件形成所述安装槽。
基于第三方面,一种可选地实现方式中,所述安装槽的槽壁沿所述光纤连接器本体的轴向设置有切槽,所述切槽的间隙在外力的作用下进行改变,直至所述中间件卡合固定于 所述安装槽内。
基于第三方面,一种可选地实现方式中,所述安装槽具有沿所述光纤连接器本体的轴向位置相对的第一通道口和第二通道口;所述连接件还包括多个弹性臂,所述多个弹性臂的第一端与所述第二通道口连接,所述多个弹性臂的第二端相互靠近;相互靠近的所述多个弹性臂之间所形成的容纳空间用于容纳所述中间件。
基于第三方面,一种可选地实现方式中,所述连接件具有第一通道,所述标签模块具有第二通道,所述第一通道和所述第二通道连通,光缆经由所述第一通道和所述第二通道进行延伸。
基于第三方面,一种可选地实现方式中,所述标签组件还包括与所述连接件连接的解锁件,所述解锁件包括抵持端和作用端,所述抵持端和所述作用端之间通过过渡杆连接,所述抵持端抵持所述光纤连接器本体的弹臂,所述作用端延伸至靠近所述目标表面的位置处,所述作用端在外力的作用下,带动所述抵持端对所述弹臂施加作用力,以改变所述弹臂与所述光纤连接器本体之间的间隙的大小。
基于第三方面,一种可选地实现方式中,所述连接件设置有旋转凸起,所述过渡杆设置有旋转孔,在所述旋转凸起插设于所述旋转孔内的状态下,所述解锁件以所述旋转孔为中心进行旋转。
基于第三方面,一种可选地实现方式中,所述连接件的外壁内凹形成有过纤通道。
本申请发明实施例第四方面提供了一种识别方法,所述方法包括:获取目标图像,所述目标图像为摄像头对插框进行拍摄所获取到的图像;根据所述目标图像获取标签信息和第一目标适配器的对应关系,所述插框用于固定所述第一目标适配器,所述第一目标适配器用于插设光纤连接器组件,所述光纤连接器组件包括用于标识所述光纤连接器组件的所述标签信息。
可见,采用本实施例所示的识别方法,能够通过目标图像对插框所包括的所有第一目标适配器所插入的光纤连接器进行识别,通过识别出标签信息和第一目标适配器的对应关系,以便于对插框的适配器以及所插入的光纤连接器组件进行批量的录入和数字化的处理。
基于第四方面,一种可选地实现方式中,所述方法还包括:根据第一预设对应关系确定所述标签信息存在对应的第二目标适配器,所述第一预设对应关系包括所述标签信息和所述第二目标适配器的标识的对应关系;所述根据所述目标图像获取标签信息和第一目标适配器的对应关系之后,所述方法还包括:判断所述第一目标适配器的标识是否与所述第二目标适配器的标识相同;若是,则确定所述第一目标适配器为所述第二目标适配器。
可见,采用本方面所示的方法,能够识别所述标签信息所标识的光纤连接器组件所插入的第一目标适配器,是否为所述光纤连接器组件应该插入的准确地所述第二目标适配器,能够通过目标图像对插框所包括的所有适配器是否已插入准确的光纤连接器本体进行批量识别,提高了识别的准确性和效率,而且在识别的过程中,无需通过专用的识别装置对所述光纤连接器组件是否已插设入其对应的适配器内进行识别,降低了识别的操作难度,提高了识别效率。
基于第四方面,一种可选地实现方式中,所述根据所述目标图像获取标签信息和第一 目标适配器的对应关系包括:根据所述目标图像确定所述标签信息在标签阵列中的位置信息,所述标签阵列为插设在所述插框上的至少部分标识表面和所述标签信息所形成的阵列,所述标签阵列所包括的任一行存在至少一个所述标签信息或所述标识表面,所述标签阵列所包括的任一列包括至少一个所述标签信息或所述标识表面,所述插框还包括第三目标适配器,所述第三目标适配器用于插设标识组件,所述标识组件的所述标识表面用于指示所述第三目标适配器在所述插框中的位置;根据所述标签信息在所述标签阵列中的位置信息,确定对应的所述第一目标适配器。
基于第四方面,一种可选地实现方式中,所述根据所述标签信息在所述标签阵列中的位置信息,确定对应的所述第一目标适配器包括:根据所述标签信息在所述标签阵列中的位置信息确定所述第一目标适配器在适配器阵列中的位置信息,所述适配器阵列为插设在所述插框上的至少部分适配器所形成的阵列;根据所述第一目标适配器在所述适配器阵列中的位置信息和第一对应关系获取所述第一目标适配器的标识,所述第一对应关系包括所述第一目标适配器在所述适配器阵列中的位置信息和所述第一目标适配器的标识的对应关系。
基于第四方面,一种可选地实现方式中,所述根据所述标签信息在所述标签阵列中的位置信息,确定对应的所述第一目标适配器包括:根据所述标签信息在所述标签阵列中的位置信息和第二对应关系获取所述第一目标适配器的标识,所述第二对应关系包括所述标签信息在所述标签阵列中的位置信息和所述第一目标适配器的标识的对应关系。
基于第四方面,一种可选地实现方式中,所述方法还包括:根据第二预设对应关系确定所述第一目标适配器存在对应的目标标签信息,所述第二预设对应关系包括所述第一目标适配器的标识和所述目标标签信息的对应关系;所述根据所述目标图像获取标签信息和第一目标适配器的对应关系之后,所述方法还包括:判断所述标签信息是否与所述目标标签信息相同;若是,则确定所述标签信息为所述目标标签信息。
可见,能够通过目标图像对目标图像所包括的所有标签信息所标识的光纤连接器本体是否插设入对应的适配器进行批量识别,提高了识别的准确性和效率,而且在识别的过程中,无需通过专用的识别装置对所述光纤连接器组件是否已插设入其对应的适配器内进行识别,降低了识别的操作难度,提高了识别效率。
基于第四方面,一种可选地实现方式中,所述根据所述目标图像获取标签信息和第一目标适配器的对应关系包括:在所述目标图像中获取标记结构;在所述目标图像中确定目标区域的位置信息,所述目标区域与所述标记结构之间具有目标相对位置关系,所述目标区域与所述第一目标适配器对应,所述第一目标适配器与所述标记结构之间具有所述目标相对位置关系;获取所述目标区域内的所述标签信息。
基于第四方面,一种可选地实现方式中,所述根据所述目标相对位置关系,在标签阵列中确定目标区域的位置信息之后,所述方法还包括:若在所述目标区域内未获取到所述标签信息,则确定所述第一目标适配器为未插设所述光纤连接器组件的适配器。
本申请发明实施例第五方面提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该存储介质中存储软件程序,该软件程序在被一个或多个处理器读取并执行时可实现上述第四方面所提供的方法。
本申请发明实施例第六方面提供了一种芯片,该芯片包括处理器,用于实现上述第四方面所提供的方法。所述芯片还包括存储器,所述存储器,用于处理器所执行的程序指令和数据。
附图说明
图1为本申请所提供的光网络的一种实施例结构示例图;
图2为本申请所提供的网络节点在实施例一中的一种实施例结构示例图;
图3为本申请所提供的网络节点在实施例一中的另一种实施例结构示例图;
图4为本申请所提供的已插设光纤连接器组件的网络节点在实施例一中的一种实施例结构示例图;
图5为本申请所提供的光纤连接器组件在实施例一中的一种实施例结构示例图;
图6为本申请所提供的光纤连接器组件在实施例一中的另一种实施例结构示例图;
图7为本申请所提供的光纤连接器组件在实施例一中的另一种实施例结构示例图;
图8为本申请所提供的光纤连接器组件在实施例一中的另一种实施例结构示例图;
图9为本申请所提供的光纤连接器组件在实施例一中的一种应用场景示例图;
图10为本申请所提供的光纤连接器组件在实施例一中的另一种应用场景示例图;
图11为本申请所提供的光纤连接器组件在实施例一中的另一种实施例结构示例图;
图12为本申请所提供的光纤连接器组件在实施例二中的一种实施例爆炸结构示例图;
图13为本申请所提供的光纤连接器组件在实施例二中的一种实施例局部剖面结构示例图;
图14为本申请所提供的光纤连接器组件在实施例二中的一种实施例结构示例图;
图15为本申请所提供的光纤连接器组件在实施例三中的一种实施例结构示例图;
图16为本申请所提供的光纤连接器组件在实施例三中的另一种实施例结构示例图;
图17为本申请所提供的光纤连接器组件在实施例三中的另一种实施例结构示例图;
图18为本申请所提供的光纤连接器组件在实施例三中的另一种实施例结构示例图;
图19为本申请所提供的光纤连接器组件在实施例三中的另一种实施例结构示例图;
图20为本申请所提供的光纤连接器组件在实施例四中的一种实施例局部结构示例图;
图21为本申请所提供的光纤连接器组件在实施例四中的另一种实施例局部结构示例图;
图22为本申请所提供的光纤连接器组件在实施例四中的一种实施例结构示例图;
图23为本申请所提供的光纤连接器组件在实施例四中的一种实施例爆炸结构示例图;
图24为本申请所提供的光纤连接器组件在实施例四中的一种实施例结构示例图;
图25为本申请所提供的光纤连接器组件在实施例四中的另一种实施例结构示例图;
图26为本申请所提供的光纤连接器组件在实施例四中的另一种实施例结构示例图;
图27为本申请所提供的光纤连接器组件在实施例四中的另一种实施例结构示例图;
图28为本申请所提供的光纤连接器组件在实施例四中的另一种实施例局部剖面结构示例图;
图29为本申请所提供的光纤连接器组件在实施例五中的一种实施例局部结构示例图;
图30为本申请所提供的光纤连接器组件在实施例五中的一种实施例结构示例图;
图31为本申请所提供的光纤连接器组件在实施例五中的另一种实施例结构示例图;
图32为本申请所提供的光纤连接器组件在实施例五中的另一种实施例结构示例图;
图33为本申请所提供的光纤连接器组件在实施例六中的一种实施例局部结构示例图;
图34为本申请所提供的光纤连接器组件在实施例六中的一种实施例爆炸结构示例图;
图35为本申请所提供的光纤连接器组件在实施例六中的一种实施例结构示例图;
图36为本申请所提供的光纤连接器组件在实施例六中的另一种实施例结构示例图;
图37为本申请所提供的光纤连接器组件在实施例六中的另一种实施例结构示例图;
图38为本申请所提供的光纤连接器组件在实施例六中的一种实施例局部剖面结构示例图;
图39为本申请所提供的光纤连接器组件在实施例七中的一种实施例结构示例图;
图40为本申请所提供的已插设光纤连接器组件的网络节点在实施例七中的一种实施例结构示例图;
图41为本申请所提供的光纤连接器组件在实施例八中的一种实施例局部结构示例图;
图42为本申请所提供的光纤连接器组件在实施例八中的另一种实施例局部结构示例图;
图43为本申请所提供的光纤连接器组件在实施例八中的一种实施例结构示例图;
图44为本申请所提供的光纤连接器组件在实施例八中的另一种实施例结构示例图;
图45为本申请所提供的光纤连接器组件在实施例八中的另一种实施例结构示例图;
图46为本申请所提供的标签系统在实施例九中的一种实施例结构示例图;
图47为本申请所提供的适配器在实施例九中的一种实施例结构示例图;
图48为本申请所提供的已插设入适配器中的光纤连接器组件在实施例九中的一种实施例结构示例图;
图49为本申请所提供的已插设入适配器中的光纤连接器组件在实施例九中的另一种实施例结构示例图;
图50为本申请所提供的识别方法在实施例十中的一种实施例步骤流程图;
图51A为本申请所提供的包括插框的坐标系在实施例十中的一种实施例示例图;
图51B为本申请所提供的包括插框的坐标系在实施例十中的另一种实施例示例图;
图52为本申请所提供的标签系统在实施例十一中的一种实施例结构示例图;
图53为本申请所提供的标识组件在实施例十一中的一种实施例结构示例图;
图54为本申请所提供的标识组件在实施例十一中的另一种实施例结构示例图;
图55为本申请所提供的标识组件在实施例十一中的另一种实施例结构示例图;
图56为本申请所提供的识别方法在实施例十二中的一种实施例步骤流程图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图,对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地 描述,显然,所描述的实施例仅仅是本发明一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本发明中的实施例,本领域技术人员在没有作出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本发明保护的范围。
本申请提供了一种光纤连接器组件,基于本申请所提供的光纤连接器组件能够准确且高效率的识别光纤连接器组件,有效地保证光纤连接器组件能够实现对光信号的准确传输。为更好的理解本申请所提供的光纤连接器组件,以下首先对该光纤连接器组件所应用的光网络系统进行说明:
如图1所示,其中,图1为本申请所提供的光网络的一种实施例结构示例图。由图1所示可知,本申请以光纤连接器组件应用于无源光网络(passive optical network,PON)系统中为例进行示例性说明:
PON系统包括光线路终端(optical line terminal,OLT)101,OLT101用于为光接入网(optical access network,OAN)提供网络侧接口。OLT101连接上层的网络侧设备(如交换机、路由器等),下层连接一个或者多个光分配网络(optical distribution network,ODN)102。
ODN102包括用于光功率分配的无源光分光器、连接在无源光分光器和OLT101之间的主干光缆,所述主干光缆用于实现所述OLT101和所述ODN102之间的光信号的传输,所述ODN102还包括连接在无源光分光器和光网络单元(optical network unit,ONU)103之间的分支光缆,所述分支光缆用于实现所述ODN102和所述ONU103之间的光信号的传输。
在OLT101需要向ONU103传输下行光信号时,ODN102将来自OLT101的下行光信号通过无源分光器传输到各个ONU。同样的,在ONU103需要向OLT101传输上行光信号时,ODN将来自ONU103的上行光信号汇聚后传输到OLT101。
ONU103为OAN提供用户侧接口,同时与ODN102相连。如果ONU103同时提供用户端口功能,如ONU提供以太网(Ethernet)用户端口或者传统电话业务(plain old telephone service,POTS)用户端口,则称为光网络终端(optical network termination,ONT)。本申请将ONU或ONT统一称为光网络单元ONU。
为实现光信号传输,则从OLT101输出的光缆连接到ODN102所包括的光缆配线架(optical distribution frame,ODF)单元104,ODF单元104可包括一个或多个ODF。
通过ODF单元104的分配,输出的光缆连接至光缆交接箱(fiber distribution terminal,FDT)单元105,FDT单元105可包括一个或多个FDT。
FDT单元105是用来对光缆进行二次分配,一个FDT单元105的管理范围可能是一个小区,或者一个街道,或一栋楼宇,且可根据FDT单元105需要管理的用户数来选择FDT单元105所连接的光纤连接器组件数量的多少。
FDT单元105通过光缆与光缆分纤箱(fiber access terminal,FAT)单元106连接,FAT单元106包括一个或多个FAT。
FAT单元106与ONU103连接,其中,FAT单元106是用来连接入户光缆的用户接入点,入户段光缆指的是从FAT单元106到用户家的这一段光缆。
本申请所提供的光纤连接器组件可连接至跳纤或尾纤等场景,本示例以光纤连接器组 件应用至跳纤的两侧为例进行示例性说明,即一根跳纤的两端分别连接两个光纤连接器组件,所述跳纤可应用至ODF单元104、FDT单元105或FAT单元106,具体不做限定。
例如,所述跳纤连接在如下所示的任一场景:
连接在所述ODF单元104所包括的两个相互连接的ODF之间、连接在同一ODF的不同适配器之间、连接在所述OLT101和所述ODF之间、连接在所述FDT单元105所包括两个相互连接的FDT之间、连接在同一FDT的不同适配器之间、连接在FAT单元106所包括的两个相互连接的FAT之间、连接在FAT单元106和光纤终端盒(access terminal box,ATB)之间或连接在FAT单元106和所述ONU103之间。
以下以跳纤的两端连接在同一FDT的不同适配器之间为例进行说明:
所述跳纤的两端分别连接有第一光纤连接器组件和第二光纤连接器组件,可知,所述第一光纤连接器组件和所述第二光纤连接器组件连接在同一FDT的不同适配器上,例如适配器A和适配器B。
在所述跳纤的第一光纤连接器组件准确地插设于所述适配器A中,且在所述跳纤的第二光纤连接器准确地插设于适配器B中的情况下,有效地保证了光信号经由所述跳纤的传输。
若所述第一光纤连接器组件未插设于所述适配器A中,和/或,所述第二光纤连接器未插设于所述适配器B中,则会导致跳纤无法实现光信号的传输。
而采用本申请所提供的光纤连接器组件,能够有效地提高对光纤连接器组件是否准确地插设于对应的适配器中进行识别的效率和准确性。本申请所提供的光纤连接器组件具有多种实现的实施例,为更好的理解,以下对各个实施例进行逐一说明。
需要明确地是,本申请所示的各个实施例仅用以说明本发明的技术方案,而非对其限制;尽管参照下述实施例对本发明进行了详细的说明,本领域的普通技术人员应当理解:其依然可以对下述各实施例所记载的技术方案进行修改,或者对其中部分技术特征进行等同替换;而这些修改或者替换,并不使相应技术方案的本质脱离本发明各实施例技术方案的精神和范围。
实施例一
首先参见图2至图4所示,其中,图2、图3以及图4所示的网络节点,为所述网络节点在不同的视角下的结构图,本实施例所示的网络节点可为OLT、ONU、ODF、FDT或FAT,本实施例对网络节点的具体类型不做限定。
网络节点包括插框200,所述插框200上固定多个适配器,所述适配器用于插设固定光纤连接器组件,例如图4所示的光纤连接器组件203、光纤连接器组件401以及光纤连接器组件402。
具体地,以插框所包括的一个适配器201为例,该适配器201具有插接口,所述插接口用于插设并固定光纤连接器组件203。在所述光纤连接器组件203插设于所述适配器201内的状态下,所述光纤连接器组件203和所述网络节点之间即可进行光信号的交互。
本实施例所示的所述插框200可为高密插框,其中,高密度插框是指插框面板的单位区域内,插设多个光纤连接器组件,且相邻的光纤连接器组件之间的间隙很小。以下对所 述高密度插框的排布方式进行说明:
所述插框200所包括的多个适配器形成适配器阵列,所述适配器阵列包括沿所述插框200的横向204排列的N行适配器,所述适配器阵列还包括沿所述插框200的竖向205排列的M列适配器。其中,横向204与竖向205相互垂直,本实施例对M以及N的具体取值不做限定。
可见,高密度插框中,位置相邻的光纤连接器之间的间隙很小,从而导致对各光纤连接器组件进行识别的过程,易受到其他光纤连接器组件的干涉,从而导致无法准确地识别各个光纤连接器组件,而采用本实施例所示的光纤连接器组件,在识别的过程中,不会受到其他光纤连接器组件的干涉,提高了对各个光纤连接器组件进行识别的准确性,以下对本实施例所示的光纤连接器组件203的具体结构进行说明:
以下参见图5至图7所示,所述光纤连接器组件500包括光纤连接器本体501、连接件502和标签模块503。
所述光纤连接器本体501具有插头504、中间件512和尾套505,所述中间件512连接在所述插头504和所述尾套505之间,尾套505与光缆506连接,其中,所述光缆506与位于所述光纤连接器本体501内部的光缆连接,从而实现光信号的传输。所述插头504用于插设于适配器内,以实现光纤连接器组件500与适配器之间的连接。
本实施例所示的连接件502、标签模块503以及插头504为一体成型结构,或所述连接件502、标签模块503、所述插头504以及所述中间件512为一体成型结构,或,所述连接件502、标签模块503以及所述中间件512为一体成型结构。
所述连接件502分别与所述光纤连接器本体501和所述标签模块503连接,具体地,所述连接件502的第一端与所述插头504连接,所述连接件502的第二端与所述标签模块503连接。而且本实施例所示的所述连接件502的第二端位于靠近所述尾套505的位置,且所述插头504、所述连接件502和所述标签模块503之间形成有容纳通道507(如图6所示),所述容纳通道507用于容纳所述尾套505和与所述尾套505连接的部分光缆506。
本实施例所述光纤连接器本体501的类型不做限定,例如,本实施例所示的光纤连接器本体501的类型为如下所示的任一项:
金属接头(ferrule connector,FC)型光纤连接器、客户端接头(subscriber connector,SC)型光纤连接器、小头(lucent connector,LC)型光纤连接器、直尖(straight tip,ST)型光纤连接器或光缆分布式数据接口(fiber distributed data interface,FDDI)型光纤连接器等。
需明确地是,本实施例以所述插头504、所述连接件502和所述标签模块503之间形成有容纳通道507为例进行示例性说明,在其他示例中,如图8所示,尾套505未容纳于所述插头504、所述连接件502和所述标签模块503之间。
本实施例所示的标签模块503用于对所述光纤连接器本体501进行指示,具体地,所述标签模块503具有目标表面601,所述目标表面601与所述光纤连接器本体501位置相背,所述目标表面601用于设置标签信息,所述标签信息用于标识所述光纤连接器本体501。
首先,对所述目标表面601与所述光纤连接器本体501位置相背的位置关系进行说明:
具体地,本实施例所示的标签模块503具有内侧表面602,所述内侧表面602与所述光纤连接器本体501位置相对设置,即内侧表面602面向所述光纤连接器本体501设置,所述目标表面601和所述内侧表面602为所述标签模块503所具有的位置相背的两个侧面。从朝向的角度进一步进行说明可知,所述内侧表面602相对于光纤连接器本体501的位置,朝向朝内;目标表面601相对于光纤连接器本体501的位置的朝向朝外。
为更好的理解所述目标表面601与所述光纤连接器本体501位置相背的位置关系,以下结合图9所示进行说明。
如图9所示可知,若标签模块503位于人眼901的视线范围内,则朝向朝外的目标表面601,为人眼901可视的表面,而朝向朝内的内侧表面602,为人眼901不可视的表面。
可见,所述目标表面601与所述光纤连接器本体501位置相背,由于目标表面601对人眼901视线的遮挡作用,则导致所述光纤连接器本体501全部或部分为人眼901不可视的。
本实施例以目标表面601对人眼901造成遮挡,导致所述光纤连接器本体501全部或部分为人眼901不可视的为例进行示例性说明,不做限定,也可如图8所示,所述目标表面601对人眼901不构成遮挡,从而使得光纤连接器本体501可位于人眼的可视范围内。具体在本实施例中不做限定,只要所述目标表面601的朝向为朝外的即可。
本实施例中,若插框200整个均位于人眼901的可视范围内,则插框200所插设的各个光纤连接器组件的目标表面均位于人眼901的可视范围内。
上述以目标表面601位于人眼901的视线范围内为例进行说明,本实施例所示的目标表面601还位于摄像头的摄像范围内。
如图10所示,若插框200的表面位于摄像头1000的摄像范围内,具体是指,若插框200还未插设光纤连接器组件,则摄像头1000对插框200的表面进行拍照,所获取到的目标图像中包括插框200所包括的各个适配器。
若插框200已插设一个或多个光纤连接器组件,则摄像头1000对插框200的表面进行拍照,所获取到目标图像能够完整且清楚的拍摄出各个目标表面601上所设置的标签信息。
由上述说明可知,本实施例所示的目标表面601位于人眼的可视范围和/或位于摄像头的摄像范围内,以下以本实施例所示的目标表面601位于摄像头的范围内为例进行示例性说明。
为实现目标表面601位于摄像头的摄像范围内,则本实施例以所述目标表面601与所述插框200表面之间平行(如图4所示)。在其他示例中,所述目标表面601与所述插框200表面之间的夹角也可为钝角,本实施例对具体地角度不做限定,只要目标表面601位于摄像范围内即可。
需明确地是,本实施例以目标表面601为平面结构为例进行示例性说明,在其他示例中,所述目标表面601也可呈曲面或其他任意形状,只要目标表面601上所设置的标签信息位于摄像范围内即可。
本实施例中,所述插框200可插设有多个光纤连接器组件,本实施例以各个光纤连接器组件的标签模块503的目标表面601与所述插框200表面之间的夹角均相等为例进行示 例性说明,可见,在本实施例中,各个目标表面601均具有统一的朝向,例如,各个目标表面601均与所述插框200的表面平行,且各个目标表面601位于同一表面上,从而便于摄像头进行拍摄。有效地保证了摄像头对插框200所拍摄的照片,能够拍摄出清楚且完整的各个标签信息。在其他示例中,不同的标签模块的目标表面601与所述插框200表面之间的夹角也可不相等,只要各个目标表面601均位于摄像范围内即可。
具体地,各个目标表面601均具有统一的朝向还可指,已插设入所述插框200上的多个光纤连接器组件的多个目标表面601位于同一表面上,所述同一表面可为平面结构、曲面结构或为凹凸结构等,具体不做限定,只要位于同一表面上的多个标签信息均位于可视范围或摄像范围内即可。
可选地,本实施例所示的标签信息可在光纤连接器组件出厂的时候,将标签信息设置在目标表面601,还可选地,可在后续使用光纤连接器组件的情况下,将标签信息设置在所述目标表面601上。
本实施例中,在目标表面601设置用于标识所述光纤连接器本体501的所述标签信息,本实施例对标签信息不做限定,只要标签信息能够起到对所述光纤连接器本体501的唯一的标识作用即可。即不同的标签信息用于标识不同的光纤连接器本体501即可。例如,所述标签信息可为用于唯一标识所述光纤连接器本体501的二维码、唯一标识符、条形码或数字文本信息等。
由上述可知,各个标签模块503的目标表面601均位于摄像范围内,则通过摄像头对插框200进行拍摄所获取到的目标图像,即可通过该目标图像获取包括已插设在插框200上的各个光纤连接器组件的标签信息,基于标签信息即可确定各个标签信息所标识的所述光纤连接器本体501,可见,通过本实施例所示的标签信息对光纤连接器本体501进行识别,有效地提高了识别光纤连接器本体501的效率。
因本实施例所示的位于目标表面601上的标签信息用于唯一地标识光纤连接器本体501,则需要标签信息完整而且清楚,在摄像范围内,标签信息不能被遮挡,否则在标签信息被遮挡的情况下,摄像头无法获取到清楚、完整的标签信息,将直接导致无法准确地确定标签信息所标识的光纤连接器本体501,而本实施例所示的光纤连接器组件能够有效地避免对标签信息的遮挡,具体地本实施例可通过如下所示的两个方式实现避免对标签信息的遮挡:
方式1
与尾套505连接的光缆506,经由容纳通道507的导向进行延伸,对容纳通道507的具体说明,请详见上述图6所示,具体不做赘述,可见,继续参见图6所示,光缆506具有第一延伸部分603和第二延伸部分604,所述第一延伸部分604一端与所述尾套505连接,所述第一延伸部分604的另一端与所述第二延伸部分604连接,所述第一延伸部分604在所述容纳通道507内部,沿所述光纤连接器本体501的轴向延伸。所述第一延伸部分603和第二延伸部分604之间具有一定的夹角,从而使得所述第二延伸部分604能够从容纳通道507内伸出,且第一延伸部分603和第二延伸部分604均为所述标签模块503具有内侧表面602之间具有一定的间隙,从而使得第一延伸部分603和第二延伸部分604的延伸路 径,均与目标表面601是隔离的,即第一延伸部分603和第二延伸部分604的延伸路径均与目标表面601之间处于不共面的状态,可见,在摄像范围内,光缆506不会对标签信息造成遮挡,从而有效地保证了摄像头所获取到的标签信息的清晰和完整。
方式2
本方式能够实现在插框200上已插设有多个光纤连接器组件的情况下,与第一光纤连接器组件连接的光缆不会遮挡插框200上的另一个光纤连接器组件,即第二光纤连接器组件的标签信息。
以图4所示的第一光纤连接器组件401位于光纤连接器组件阵列中的第1列为例进行示例性说明,其中,光纤连接器组件阵列包括已插设在插框上的所有光纤连接器组件。需明确的是,本实施例对所述第一光纤连接器组件401在光纤连接器组件阵列中的位置的说明为可选地示例,不做限定,即所述第一光纤连接器组件401可位于光纤连接器组件阵列中的任意位置。
本实施例所示的第二光纤连接器组件是指,该第二光纤连接器组件所连接的光缆的路径经由所述第一光纤连接器组件401,例如,所述第二光纤连接器组件402与所述第一光纤连接器组件401位于光纤连接器组件阵列中的同一列,且所述第二光纤连接器组件402位于所述第一光纤连接器组件401上方为例进行示例性说明。
可选地,在其他示例中,所述第二光纤连接器组件402也可与所述第一光纤连接器组件401位于光纤连接器组件阵列中的同一行。
以图11所示为例,本实施例所示的所述第一光纤连接器组件401的所述连接件406的外壁内凹形成有过纤通道407,所述过纤通道407用于对第二光纤连接器组件402所连接的光缆的延伸方向进行避让,能够有效地避免第二光纤连接器组件402所连接的光缆与所述第一光纤连接器组件401之间出现硬接触的可能,有效地提高了第二光纤连接器组件402所连接的光缆的安全性。
且因过纤通道407能够将第二光纤连接器组件402所连接的光缆限制在过纤通道407内,从而有效地避免第二光纤连接器组件402所连接的光缆对标签信息408造成遮挡,从而有效地保证了标签信息408的清晰和完整。
本实施例对所述过纤通道的形成方式不做限定,只要所述过纤通道能够对其他的光纤连接器组件所连接的光缆进行避让即可,图11所示以所述连接件406沿方向409内凹以形成所述过纤通道407为例,其中,方向410为光纤连接器本体411的轴向方向为例,而方向409为与方向410相垂直的方向。在其他示例中,所述连接件406也可沿方向410进行内凹以形成所述过纤通道。
采用本实施例所示的光纤连接器组件,光纤连接器组件的标签模块设置有标签信息,通过该标签信息即可唯一地标识光纤连接器本体,且标签信息位于摄像范围或视线范围内,通过标签信息即可准确的识别光纤连接器本体。
而且通过所述标签信息还能够识别标签信息所标识的光纤连接器本体是否准确地插入对应的适配器内,提高了对光纤连接器本体是否准确地插入对应的适配器内进行识别的准确性。
插设在插框上的各个光纤连接器组件的标签信息均位于摄像范围内,则在带有摄像头的终端设备(如智能手机)对插框进行拍摄即可获取包括各个标签信息的目标图像,通过该目标图像即可识别目标图像中的各个标签信息所标识的各个光纤连接器本体,无需采用专用的装置进行识别,有效地降低了对标签信息所标识的光纤连接器本体进行识别的成本和复杂度,而且对目标图像所包括的各个标签信息所标识的各个光纤连接器本体进行识别,提高了识别的效率。
本实施例所示的光纤连接器组件通过所设置的容纳通道以及过纤通道,有效地避免了在摄像范围内,光缆对标签信息的遮挡,从而有效地保证了标签信息的清楚和完整,提高了通过标签信息对光纤连接器本体进行识别的准确性。
本实施例所示的光纤连接器组件的连接件、标签模块以及插头为一体成型结构,或所述连接件、标签模块、所述插头以及所述中间件为一体成型结构,或,所述连接件、标签模块以及所述中间件为一体成型结构,该一体成型结构形成外壳,有效地提高了光纤连接器组件结构的稳定,从而使得在网络节点后续使用的过程中,所述光纤连接器组件的标签信息不会出现位置的偏移的情况,进而有效地保证了标签信息能够始终位于视线范围或摄像范围内,提高了对标签信息所标识的光纤连接器本体进行识别的准确性。
而且光纤连接器组件可以在光纤连接器组件出厂的时候完成标签信息的设置,简化施工现场操作步骤。在施工现场直接将光纤连接器插设入对应的适配器即可,提高了将光纤连接器组件安装至插框上的效率。可选地,光纤连接器组件出厂时可不设置标签信息,在施工现场将标签信息设置在光纤连接器组件的目标表面上。
在已有方案中,插框会插设大量的光纤连接器组件,则导致不同的光纤连接器组件之间的位置很靠近,则通过已有的RFID对光纤连接器组件进行识别,会受到靠近的其他光纤连接器组件的干涉,例如,在识别的过程中,会碰到相邻的其他光纤连接器组件,又如,会受到插框中的光缆的干涉等,从而降低了对光纤连接器组件进行识别的效率;
而本实施例所示的插框会形成标签阵列,所述标签阵列包括已插设在插框上的所有光纤连接器组件的标签信息,因不同的光纤连接器组件均位于标签阵列中,且标签阵列整体位于可视范围或摄像范围内,则通过对标签阵列进行查看或拍照的方式即可对光纤连接器组件进行识别,识别的过程不会受到其他光纤连接器组件或光缆的干涉,从而提高了识别的效率以及识别的准确性。
实施例二
实施例一所示的光纤连接器组件的外壳为一体成型结构,而实施例二所示的光纤连接器组件为可拆卸的连接结构,采用本实施例所示的光纤连接器组件的结构,可根据需要对光纤连接器本体和标签组件之间进行自由的搭配和安装,提高了光纤连接器组件装配的自由度。本实施例所示的光纤连接器组件的具体结构可参见图12至图14所示。
本实施例所示的光纤连接器组件1200包括光纤连接器本体1201和标签组件1202。
以下对光纤连接器本体1201的结构进行说明,其中,本实施例所示的光纤连接器本体1201的类型的说明,可参见实施例一所示,具体不做赘述。
具体地,所述光纤连接器本体1201包括依次连接的插头1203、中间件1204和尾套1405。 其中,所述插头1203用于插设于插框中的适配器中,对插框和适配器的具体说明,请详见实施例一所示,具体不做赘述。
本实施例所示的中间件1204连接在插头1203和尾套1405之间,对所述尾套1405的具体说明,请详见实施例一所示,具体不做赘述。
以下对标签组件1202的结构进行说明:
本实施例所示的标签组件1202包括连接件和与所述连接件连接的标签模块1206,其中,对所述标签模块1206的具体说明,请详见实施例一所示,具体不做赘述。
所述连接件包括安装槽1207和延伸杆1208,所述延伸杆1208的一端与所述安装槽1207连接,所述延伸杆1208的另一端与所述标签模块1206连接。本实施例所示的所述安装槽1207用于插设固定所述中间件1204。
以下对结合所述安装槽1207的具体结构,对所述安装槽1207具体是如何插设固定所述中间件1204,以实现所述标签组件和所述光纤连接器本体1201之间的连接的进行说明:
本实施例所示的所述安装槽1207具有内凹的插设空间1209,所述插设空间1209用于插设固定所述中间件1204。
在所述中间件1204插设于所述安装槽1207内的状态下,所述安装槽1207、所述延伸杆1208和所述标签模块1206之间形成容纳通道1210,所述容纳通道1210用于容纳所述尾套1405和与尾套1405连接的部分光缆1211。
本实施例所示的安装槽1207具有沿所述光纤连接器本体1201的轴向1212位置相对的第一通道口1213和第二通道口1214。可知,所述第一通道口1213和第二通道口1214均与所述插设空间1209连通,所述插头1203经由所述第一通道口1213从所述安装槽1207中伸出,所述第二通道口1214与所述容纳通道1210连通,进而使得从所述第二通道口1214伸出的所述尾套1405能够容纳于所述容纳通道1210内。
具体地,所述安装槽1207具有槽口1215,具体地,所述安装槽1207背离所述连接件的端面设置所述槽口1215,所述槽口1215与所述插设空间1209连通。所述槽口1215沿所述光纤连接器本体1201的轴向1212延伸。
在将光纤连接器本体1201与标签组件进行安装的过程中,可使得所述光纤连接器本体1201的中间件1204相对于安装槽1207,沿朝向所述槽口1215的方向1220的方向移动,直至所述中间件1204插入所述安装槽1207内,以实现所述中间件1204和所述安装槽1207之间的连接。且在中间件1204插设入所述插设空间1209内的状态下,所述插头1203经由所述第一通道口1213从所述安装槽1207中伸出,所述尾套1405经由所述第二通道口1214从所述安装槽1207中伸出,以便于所述尾套1405和与所述尾套1405连接的部分光缆能够容纳于所述容纳通道1210内。
以下对所述中间件1204和所述安装槽1207是如何实现固定的进行说明:
所述安装槽1207的槽壁设置卡持凸起1301,所述中间件1204设置卡持凹槽1302,
在所述中间件1204经由所述安装槽1207的槽口1215插设入所述插设空间1209内的状态下,所述卡持凸起1301卡持固定在所述卡持凹槽1302内。
本实施例以所述安装槽1207和所述中间件1204通过卡合固定的方式进行连接为例, 在其他示例中,所述安装槽1207和所述中间件1204也可采用磁性连接的方式、弹性连接的方式或粘结的方式等任意方式。
具体地,所述磁性连接的方式可为,在所述安装槽1207的内侧壁设置第一磁性件,在所述中间件1204的外侧壁设置第二磁性件,所述第一磁性件和所述第二磁性件磁极相异,从而在所述第一磁性件和所述第二磁性件相吸以连接的状态下,所述中间件1204插设固定于所述安装槽1207内。
所述弹性连接的方式可为,所述安装槽1207由具有弹性的材质制成,所述安装槽1207的槽口1215的间隙可在外力的作用下进行改变,在所述中间件1204插设入所述安装槽1207内的状态下,所述安装槽1207和所述中间件1204之间胀紧配合。
所述粘结的方式可为,所述安装槽1207和所述中间件1204之间可设置有胶层,通过胶层实现了所述安装槽1207的内侧壁和所述中间件1204的外侧壁之间的连接。
需明确地是,本实施例对所述安装槽1207和所述中间件1204之间的连接方式不做限定,只要能够实现所述安装槽1207和所述中间件1204之间的可拆卸连接即可。
本实施例中,在所述中间件1204插设入所述插设空间1209内的状态下,所述标签模块1206的标签信息位于可视范围或摄像范围内,对标签信息位于可视范围以及摄像范围内的具体说明,请详见实施例一所示,具体不做赘述。
采用本实施例所示的光纤连接器组件,能够通过光纤连接器组件所设置的容纳通道1210以及过纤通道,有效地避免在摄像范围内对标签模块1206的标签信息造成遮挡,对容纳通道1210以及过纤通道的具体说明请参见实施例一所示,具体不做赘述。
采用本实施例所示的光纤连接器组件,光纤连接器组件的标签模块设置有标签信息,通过该标签信息即可唯一地标识光纤连接器本体,且标签信息位于摄像范围或视线范围内,通过标签信息即可识别标签信息所标识的光纤连接器本体是否准确地插入对应的适配器内,提高了对光纤连接器本体是否准确地插入对应的适配器内进行识别的准确性。
插设在插框上的各个光纤连接器组件的标签信息均位于摄像范围内,则在带有摄像头的终端设备(如智能手机)对插框进行拍摄即可获取包括各个标签信息的目标图像,通过该目标图像即可识别目标图像中的各个标签信息所标识的各个光纤连接器本体,无需采用专用的装置进行识别,有效地降低了对标签信息所标识的光纤连接器本体进行识别的成本和复杂度,而且对目标图像所包括的各个标签信息所标识的各个光纤连接器本体进行识别,提高了识别的效率。
本实施例所示的光纤连接器组件通过所设置的容纳通道以及过纤通道,有效地避免了在摄像范围内光缆对标签信息的遮挡,从而有效地保证了标签信息的清楚和完整,提高了通过标签信息对光纤连接器本体进行识别的准确性。
本实施例所示的光纤连接器组件为可拆卸连接结构,可在出厂时或施工现场根据需要将标签组件连接至光纤连接器本体上,提高了光纤连接器本体和标签组件之间连接的自由度。
本实施例在将光纤连接器本体的中间件插设入所述安装槽内,即可实现标签组件和光纤连接器本体之间的连接,降低了将标签组件连接至光纤连接器本体上的操作难度,提高 了操作效率。
而且因标签组件与光纤连接器本体之间的结构的稳固,则有效地提高了光纤连接器组件结构的稳定,从而使得在网络节点后续使用的过程中,所述光纤连接器组件的标签信息不会出现位置的偏移的情况,进而有效地保证了标签信息能够始终位于视线范围或摄像范围内,提高了对标签信息所标识的光纤连接器本体进行识别的准确性。
图15到图28的光纤连接器组件,可以通过用手捏持标签组件目标表面两边的面,将插拔力通过延伸杆传递到光纤连接器本体上,实现远程将光纤连接器组件插入至适配器中的目的,还能够实现远程将光纤连接器组件从适配器中拔出的目的,可见,在对光纤连接器组件进行插拔的过程,无需施工人员的手部在插头的区域施加作用力,从而提高了对光纤连接器组件进行插拔的操作效率,而且因对光纤连接器组件进行远程操作,从而避免了施工人员的手部接触光纤连接器组件以及光缆的情况,避免了光纤连接器组件以及光缆在外力的作用下导致出现故障的可能,提高了安全性。
实施例三
实施例二所提供的光纤连接器组件为可拆卸连接结构,本实施例在实施例二的基础上,提供一种能够有效地提高光纤连接器组件结构稳固的光纤连接器组件。本实施例所示的光纤连接器组件的具体结构可参见图15至图19所示。
本实施例所示的光纤连接器组件1500包括光纤连接器本体和标签组件。本实施例所示的光纤连接器本体的具体结构的说明,请详见实施例二所示,具体在本实施例中不做赘述。
本实施例所示的标签组件包括连接件和与所述连接件连接的标签模块1501,对标签模块1501的具体说明,请详见实施例一所示,具体在本实施例中不做赘述。
所述连接件包括安装槽1502和延伸杆1503,所述延伸杆1503的一端与所述安装槽1502连接,所述延伸杆1503的另一端与所述标签模块1501连接。对所述安装槽1502和所述延伸杆1503的具体结构的说明,请详见实施例二所示,具体在本实施例中不做赘述。
本实施例为提高所述安装槽1502和所述光纤连接器本体之间结构的稳固,则所述标签组件还包括卡盖1504。
在所述光纤连接器本体的中间件1505插设于所述安装槽1502内的状态下,所述卡盖1504盖设在所述安装槽1502的槽口处,对所述中间件1505、安装槽1502的槽口以及对所述中间件1505和所述安装槽1502之间的固定方式的说明,请详见实施例一所示,具体在本实施例中不做赘述。
本实施例中,在所述光纤连接器本体的中间件1505插设于所述安装槽1502内的状态下,因所述卡盖1504对所述中间件1505的抵持作用,有效地提高了所述中间件1505和所述安装槽1502之间结构的稳固,避免标签组件从光纤连接器本体上脱离的情况的出现。
以下对卡盖1504和所述安装槽1502之间的连接方式进行说明:
所述槽口的外侧内凹形成滑轨1506,所述卡盖1504与所述滑轨1506位置相对处凸设有滑道1507,在所述滑道1507插设于所述滑轨1506内的状态下,所述滑道1507能够沿所述滑轨1506进行滑动,直至所述卡盖1504盖设于所述安装槽1502的槽口处。
以下对将所述光纤连接器本体安装至所述标签组件上的具体过程进行说明:
首先,将光纤连接器本体的中间件1505插设入所述安装槽1502内,具体说明请详见实施例二所示,具体不做赘述。
其次,如图15所示,将所述卡盖1504的滑道1507插设于所述滑轨1506靠近插头1508的端部,以使所述滑道1507能够沿方向1509,在所述滑道1507内滑动。其中,方向1509为所述光纤连接器本体的轴向方向。
再次,如图16所示,继续推动所述滑道1507,直至所述卡盖1504覆盖所述安装槽1502的所述槽口。
本实施例对所述卡盖1504和所述安装槽1502之间的连接方式的说明为可选地示例,不做限定,只要能够实现所述卡盖1504和所述安装槽1502之间的可拆卸连接即可,例如,所述卡盖1504和所述安装槽1502之间还可通过磁性连接的方式、弹性连接的方式或粘结的方式等任意方式,具体说明可参见实施例二所示,具体不做赘述。
本实施例中,在所述中间件1505插设入所述安装槽1502内的状态下,所述标签模块1501的标签信息位于可视范围或摄像范围内,对标签信息位于可视范围以及摄像范围内的具体说明,请详见实施例一所示,具体不做赘述。
采用本实施例所示的光纤连接器组件,能够通过光纤连接器组件所设置的容纳通道以及过纤通道,有效地避免对标签模块1501的标签信息造成遮挡,对容纳通道以及过纤通道的具体说明请参见实施例一所示,具体不做赘述。
采用本实施例所示的标签模块的有益效果的说明,请参见实施例二所示,具体不做赘述。
基于实施例二,本实施例中,在所述光纤连接器本体的中间件插设于所述安装槽内的状态下,因所述卡盖对所述中间件的抵持作用,有效地提高了所述中间件和所述安装槽之间结构的稳固,避免标签组件从光纤连接器本体上脱离的情况的出现。从而有效地保证了光纤连接器组件的标签信息始终位于视线范围或摄像范围内,有效地保证了对标签信息所标识的光纤连接器本体进行识别的准确性和效率。
实施例四
实施例一所示的光纤连接器组件为一体成型的结构,而实施例二和实施例三所示的光纤连接器组件为可拆卸连接结构,本实施例所示的光纤连接器组件,在光纤连接器本体已插设在插框的状态下,无需将光纤连接器本体从插框中拔出,即可直接在光纤连接器本体上安装标签组件,可见,本实施例所示,在将标签组件安装至光纤连接器本体的过程中,不会中断光纤连接器本体与中光信号的传输,提高了光信号传输的安全性。本实施例所示的光纤连接器组件的具体结构请参见图20至图28所示。
本实施例所示的光纤连接器组件2000包括光纤连接器本体和标签组件。本实施例所示的光纤连接器本体的具体结构的说明,请详见实施例二所示,具体在本实施例中不做赘述。
本实施例所示的标签组件包括连接件和与所述连接件连接的标签模块2001,对标签模块2001的具体说明,请详见实施例一所示,具体在本实施例中不做赘述。
本实施例所示的连接件包括第一构件2002、第二构件2003以及第三构件2004,所述第一构件2002、所述第二构件2003以及所述第三构件2004组合以形成连接件。
所述第一构件2002的第一端部形成安装槽的槽口2005,所述槽口2005沿所述光纤连接器本体的轴向2006延伸,对所述安装槽的槽口2005的具体说明,请详见实施例二所示,具体不做赘述。
所述第一构件2002的第二端部连接所述标签模块2001,所述第一构件2002的第一端部和所述第一构件2002的第二端部之间为延伸杆2007,对所述延伸杆2007的具体说明,请详见实施例二所示,具体不做赘述。
所述第一构件2002的第一端部形成有位置相对的第一抵持壁2008和第二抵持壁2009,在所述标签组件安装至光纤连接器本体上的状态下,所述第一抵持壁2008和第二抵持壁2009用于与光纤连接器本体的中间件2010相抵持,对所述光纤连接器本体的中间件2010的具体说明,请详见实施例二所示,具体不做赘述。
所述第一抵持壁2008的第一端部和第二抵持壁2009的第一端部之间形成有第一镂空区域2101,所述第一抵持壁2008的第二端部和第二抵持壁2009的第二端部之间形成有第二镂空区域2102。可见,所述第一镂空区域2101和所述第二镂空区域2102位置相对。
所述第二构件2003和所述第三构件2004位于所述第一构件2002的第一端部的位置相对的两侧,具体地,所述第二构件2003覆盖设置在所述第一构件2002的第一镂空区域2101上,所述第三构件2004覆盖设置在所述第一构件2002的第二镂空区域2102上,以实现所述第一构件2002、所述第二构件2003以及所述第三构件2004组合以形成所述连接件的目的。
可见,所述第二构件2003和所述第三构件2004位于所述第一构件2002的第一端部位置相对的两侧,且所述第三构件2004覆盖所述安装槽的槽口2005设置,相互扣合的所述第一构件2002、所述第二构件2003和所述第三构件2004形成用于容纳所述中间件2010的安装槽。
采用本实施例所示的光纤连接器组件,在光纤连接器本体已插设在插框上的适配器的情况下,若需要在光纤连接器本体上安装用于标识该光纤连接器本体的标签信息,则可在无需将光纤连接器本体从适配器上插拔的情况下,直接将所述第一构件2002、所述第二构件2003以及所述第三构件2004在所述光纤连接器本体上组合以形成所述标签组件,对所述适配器和标签信息的具体说明,请详见实施例一所示,具体不做赘述。可见,本实施例所示在将标签组件安装在光纤连接器本体上的过程中,无需中断光纤连接器本体所传输的光信号。
以下结合所述第一构件2002、所述第二构件2003和所述第三构件2004之间的组合过程,对所述第一构件2002、所述第二构件2003和所述第三构件2004的具体结构进行说明:
首先,为将标签组件安装至光纤连接器本体上时,则首先在光纤连接器本体的尾套2104装入至所述第一构件2002的所述第一抵持壁2008和第二抵持壁2009之间,对所述尾套2104的具体说明,请详见实施例一所示,具体不做赘述。
其次,在所述第一镂空区域2101上扣上所述第二构件2003,以使第二构件2003覆盖于所述第一镂空区域2101之上。
具体地,所述第二构件2003具有第三抵持壁2103和第四抵持壁2104,在所示第二构 件2003覆盖于所述第一镂空区域2101之上的情况下,所述第三抵持壁2103与所述第一抵持壁2008相抵持,所述第四抵持壁2104与所述第二抵持壁2009相抵持。
所述第二构件2003还包括连接于所述第三抵持壁2103和第四抵持壁2104之间的覆盖件2105,在所述第三抵持壁2103与所述第一抵持壁2008相抵持,所述第四抵持壁2104与所述第二抵持壁2009相抵持的状态下,所述覆盖件2105盖设在所述第一镂空区域2101之上。
再次,在所述第二镂空区域2102上扣上所述第三构件2004,以使所述第三构件2004覆盖于所述第二镂空区域2102之上。
具体地,所述第三构件2004的两侧凹设有轨道2106,所述第三抵持壁2103和所述第四抵持壁2104与所述轨道2106位置相对处设置滑轨2107,在所述滑轨2107插设于所述轨道2106内的状态下,实现了所述第三构件2004覆盖于所述第二镂空区域2102之上的目的,而且在所述滑轨2107沿所述轨道2106的导向进行滑动时,实现了所述第三构件2004在所述第二镂空区域2102之上进行滑动的目的。
再次,在完成了对标签模块的组装之后,将已实现连接的所述第一构件2002、所述第二构件2003和所述第三构件2004整体向靠近光纤连接器本体的插头2108的方向移动,直至实现所述连接件和所述中间件2010的连接。
对所述插头2108的说明,请参见实施例一所示,具体不做赘述。
在所述第一构件2002向靠近光纤连接器本体的插头2108的方向移动的过程中,呈弹性的所述第一抵持壁2008的第一端部和第二抵持壁2009之间的间隙扩大,则可使得所述第一构件2002、所述第二构件2003和所述第三构件2004整体由光纤连接器本体的尾套2104区域,移动至中间件2010的位置,对所述插头2108的具体说明请详见实施例二所示,具体在本实施例中不做赘述。
所述第一抵持壁2008和第二抵持壁2009设置有卡持凸起,所述中间件2010设置卡持凹槽,在所述卡持凸起卡持固定在所述卡持凹槽内的状态下,实现了中间件2010和第一构件2002之间的连接,对所述卡持凸起和所述卡持凹槽的具体说明,请具体参见实施例二所示,具体不做赘述。
需明确地是,本实施例以中间件2010和第一构件2002通过卡合固定的方式进行连接为例,在其他示例中,也可采用磁性连接的方式、弹性连接的方式或粘结的方式等任意方式,具体说明请详见实施例二所示,具体不做赘述。
为实现所述第一构件2002、所述第二构件2003和所述第三构件2004之间结构的稳固,避免标签组件从光纤连接器本体上掉落的情况,则本实施例所示的第二构件2003还设置有抵持台阶2109,在所述滑轨2107移动至与所述抵持台阶2109相互抵持的位置处,在所述第二构件2003和所述第三构件2004的周向约束下,使得所述第一构件2002的第一抵持壁2008的第一端部和第二抵持壁2009位置固定于所述中间件2010上,实现组合的所述第一构件2002、所述第二构件2003和所述第三构件2004对所述中间件2010进行抱紧的目的。
可见,在需要将标签组件从光纤连接器本体上拆卸的情况下,可执行上述过程的逆过程,具体拆卸过程不做赘述。
本实施例中,在所述中间件插设入所述安装槽内的状态下,所述标签模块的标签信息位于可视范围或摄像范围内,对标签信息位于可视范围以及摄像范围内的具体说明,请详见实施例一所示,具体不做赘述。
采用本实施例所示的光纤连接器组件,能够通过光纤连接器组件所设置的容纳通道以及过纤通道,有效地避免对标签模块的标签信息造成遮挡,对容纳通道以及过纤通道的具体说明请参见实施例一所示,具体不做赘述。
本实施例所示的有益效果的说明可参见实施例二所示,具体不做赘述。
采用本实施例所示的光纤连接器组件,在将标签组件安装至光纤连接器本体上的过程中,无需将光纤连接器本体从适配器中拔出,即可实现将标签组件安装于所述光纤连接器本体上的目的,因此,在插框布局有高密度的适配器的场景,操作空间有限,而且要求不能断网的情况下,本实施例可以在光纤连接器本体一直保持插入在适配器内的状态下,对光纤连接器组件进行组装,有效地避免了在安装标签组件的过程中出现断网的情况。
实施例五
本实施例所示的光纤连接器组件,在光纤连接器本体已插设在插框的状态下,无需将光纤连接器本体从插框中拔出,即可直接在光纤连接器本体上安装标签组件,可见,本实施例所示,在将标签组件安装至光纤连接器本体的过程中,不会中断光纤连接器本体与中光信号的传输,提高了光信号传输的安全性,而且采用本实施例所示的光纤连接器组件,能够有效地提高在光纤连接器本体上安装标签组件的效率。
本实施例所示的光纤连接器组件的具体结构请参见图29至图32所示。
本实施例所示的光纤连接器组件2900包括光纤连接器本体和标签组件。
本实施例以光纤连接器本体的类型为FC型光纤连接器为例进行示例性说明,具体地,所述光纤连接器本体包括依次连接的插头2902、中间件和尾套2903。其中,所述插头2902用于插设于插框中的适配器中,对插框、适配器、插头2902、中间件和尾套2903的具体说明,请详见实施例二所示,具体不做赘述。
本实施例所示的标签组件包括连接件和与所述连接件连接的标签模块2901,对标签模块2901的具体说明,请详见实施例一所示,具体在本实施例中不做赘述。
所述连接件包括安装槽2904和延伸杆2905,所述延伸杆2905的一端与所述安装槽2904连接,所述延伸杆2905的另一端与所述标签模块2901连接。本实施例所示的所述安装槽2904用于插设固定所述中间件。
本实施例所示的安装槽2904整体结构呈两顶面均镂空的圆柱形结构,需明确地是,本实施例对安装槽2904的整体结构的说明,为可选地示例,不做限定,只要所述安装槽2904能够插设固定所述中间件即可。
以下对结合所述安装槽2904的具体结构,对所述安装槽2904具体是如何插设固定所述中间件1204,以实现所述标签组件和所述光纤连接器本体之间的连接的进行说明:
本实施例所示的所述安装槽2904具有沿所述光纤连接器本体的轴向2906延伸的通道,所述通道具有沿所述光纤连接器本体的轴向2906位置相对的第一通道口2907和第二通道口2908。可知,所述第一通道口2907和第二通道口2908均与所述通道连通。
在所述中间件插设于所述安装槽2904内的状态下,所述插头2902经由所述第一通道口2907从所述安装槽2904中伸出,且从所述第二通道口2908伸出的所述尾套2903能够容纳于所述容纳通道2909内,对所述容纳通道2909的具体说明,可参见实施例二所示,具体不做赘述。
为实现安装槽2904对所述中间件的安装,则所述安装槽2904的槽壁沿所述光纤连接器本体的轴向2906设置有切槽2910,所述切槽2910与所述安装槽2904的通道连通。
本实施例所示的所述安装槽2904可由弹性材质制成,进而可使得所述切槽2910的间隙在外力的作用下进行改变,直至所述中间件卡合固定于所述安装槽2904内。
在将光纤连接器本体与标签组件进行安装的过程中,将所述安装槽2904的通道套设在所述尾套2903上,而后可对切槽2910施加作用力,从而使得切槽2910的间隙变大,并将所述安装槽2904向所述插头2902的方向移动,直至所述中间件插设于所述安装槽2904的通道内。
为提升所述中间件和所述安装槽2904的通道之间结构的稳固,则所述中间件的外周壁可环设有凹槽,在所述安装槽2904的通道套设在所述中间件的凹槽内的状态下,实现了所述安装槽2904和所述中间件之间的固定。
需明确地是,本实施例对所述中间件和所述安装槽2904之间的固定方式的说明为可选地示例,不做限定,只要能够实现所述中间件和所述安装槽2904之间的可拆卸连接关系即可。例如可采用磁性连接的方式、弹性连接的方式或粘结的方式等任意方式,具体说明可参见实施例二所示,具体不做赘述。
本实施例中,在所述中间件插设入所述安装槽2904的通道中的状态下,所述标签模块2901的标签信息位于可视范围或摄像范围内,对标签信息位于可视范围以及摄像范围内的具体说明,请详见实施例一所示,具体不做赘述。
采用本实施例所示的光纤连接器组件,能够通过光纤连接器组件所设置的容纳通道2909以及过纤通道,有效地避免对标签模块2901的标签信息造成遮挡,对容纳通道2909以及过纤通道的具体说明请参见实施例一所示,具体不做赘述。
本实施例所示的有益效果的说明可参见实施例四所示,具体不做赘述。
而且采用本实施例所示的光纤连接器组件,标签组件为一体成型结构,则在需要将标签组件安装在光纤连接器本体上的情况下,可直接将标签组件安装在所述光纤连接器本体上,提高了安装的效率,而且本实施例所示的安装过程,无需对标签模块和光纤连接器本体之间进行对准操作即可实现连接,有效地降低将标签组件安装于所述光纤连接器组件上的操作难度。
实施例六
本实施例结合图33至图38所示对光纤连接器组件的另一种结构进行示例性说明。
本实施例所示的光纤连接器组件3300包括光纤连接器本体和标签组件。
本实施例以所述光纤连接器本体的类型为FC光纤连接器为例进行示例性说明,具体地,所述光纤连接器本体包括依次连接的插头3301、中间件3306和尾套3302。其中,所述插头3301用于与适配器连接,从而实现光纤连接器组件3300插设于插框上的目的,对插框、 适配器、插头3301、中间件3306和尾套3302的具体说明,请详见实施例一所示,具体不做赘述。
本实施例所示的标签组件包括连接件和与所述连接件连接的标签模块3303,对标签模块3303的具体说明,请详见实施例一所示,具体在本实施例中不做赘述。
所述连接件包括安装槽3304和延伸杆3305,所述延伸杆3305的一端与所述安装槽3304连接,所述延伸杆3305的另一端与所述标签模块3303连接。本实施例所示的所述安装槽3304用于插设固定所述中间件3306。
本实施例所示的安装槽3304整体结构呈两顶面均镂空的圆柱形结构,需明确地是,本实施例对安装槽3304的整体结构的说明,为可选地示例,不做限定,只要所述安装槽3304能够插设固定所述中间件3306即可。
以下对结合所述安装槽3304的具体结构,对所述安装槽3304具体是如何插设固定所述中间件3306,以实现所述标签组件和所述光纤连接器本体之间的连接的进行说明:
本实施例所示的所述安装槽3304具有沿所述光纤连接器本体的轴向3307延伸的通道,所述通道具有沿所述光纤连接器本体的轴向3307位置相对的第一通道口3308和第二通道口3309。可知,所述第一通道口3308和第二通道口3309均与所述通道连通。
本实施例所示的所述连接件还包括多个弹性臂3310,多个弹性臂3310的第一端与所述第二通道口3308连接,多个弹性臂3310的第二端相互靠近。
具体地,多个弹性臂3310的第二端在自然状态下,呈相互靠近的状态,从而使得相互靠近的多个弹性臂3310覆盖所述第二通道口3308设置,且相互靠近的多个弹性臂3310之间形成有容纳空间3311,所述容纳空间3311用于容纳所述中间件3306。
在将安装槽3304安装至所述光纤连接器本体上的过程中,可将所述中间件3306从所述第一通道口3308插入至所述安装槽3304通道内,在所述中间件3306移动至相互靠近的所述多个弹性臂3310之间时,多个弹性臂3310沿所述安装槽3304通道的径向张开,从而使得各个弹性臂3310具有向所述安装槽3304通道的轴心线回弹的弹力。
为实现所述安装槽3304和所述中间件3306之间的固定,则所述中间件3306的外周壁凹设有环形凹槽3312,且所述环形凹槽3312位于所述中间件3306远离所述插头3301的端部外周壁。在所述环形凹槽3312移动至多个弹性臂3310之间所形成的容纳空间3311内部时,多个弹性臂3310的至少部分弹力在所述环形凹槽3312上释放,从而实现了多个弹性臂3310卡持固定在所述环形凹槽3312的目的,进而实现了所述中间件3306与所述安装槽3304之间的固定。
需明确地是,本实施例对所述中间件3306和所述安装槽3304之间的固定方式的说明为可选地示例,不做限定,只要能够实现所述中间件3306和所述安装槽3304之间的可拆卸连接关系即可。例如可采用磁性连接的方式、弹性连接的方式或粘结的方式等任意方式,具体说明可参见实施例二所示,具体不做赘述。
本实施例中,在所述中间件3306插设入所述安装槽3304的通道中的状态下,所述标签模块3303的标签信息位于可视范围或摄像范围内,对标签信息位于可视范围以及摄像范围内的具体说明,请详见实施例一所示,具体不做赘述。
可知,为提高对标签信息所标识的光纤连接器本体进行识别的准确性,则需要尽可能的对标签信息的位置进行固定,本实施例中,可通过尽可能的避免所述安装槽3304以所述光纤连接器本体的轴心线为中心进行旋转的方式,以固定所述标签信息的位置,从而有效地保证了对标签信息所标识的光纤连接器本体的识别。
所述第一通道口3308沿朝向所述插头3301的方向设置有限位凸起3313,所述中间件3306与所述限位凸起3313对应的位置设置有限位凹槽3314,在所述中间件3306插设固定于所述安装槽3304内的状态下,所述限位凸起3313插设于所述限位凹槽3314内。
在所述限位凸起3313插设于所述限位凹槽3314内的状态下,所述限位凹槽3314能够通过所述限位凸起3313限制所述安装槽3304进行旋转,从而实现了对所述标签信息的位置的固定。
可选地,在所述中间件3306插设入所述安装槽3304的通道中的状态下,可将所述尾套3302套设于多个弹性臂3310的外周壁,以实现对光纤连接器组件的组装。
本实施例对所述尾套3302具体是如何套设于多个弹性臂3310的外周壁的不做限定,例如,本实施例所示的所述尾套3302可由弹性材质制成,在尾套3302套设于所述中间件3306的外周壁的情况下,通过所述尾套3302和所述环形凹槽3312之间胀紧配合以实现连接,在所述尾套3302和所述环形凹槽3312连接的状态下,多个所述弹性臂3310位于所述尾套3302内。
采用本实施例所示的光纤连接器组件,能够通过光纤连接器组件所设置的容纳通道以及过纤通道,有效地避免对标签模块3303的标签信息造成遮挡,对容纳通道以及过纤通道的具体说明请参见实施例一所示,具体不做赘述。
采用本实施例所示的光纤连接器组件,采用标签信息的有益效果的具体说明,请详见实施例一所示,具体不做赘述。
本实施例所示的光纤连接器组件通过所设置的容纳通道以及过纤通道,有效地避免了光缆对标签信息的遮挡,从而有效地保证了标签信息的清楚和完整,提高了通过标签信息对光纤连接器本体进行识别的准确性。
本实施例所示的光纤连接器组件为可拆卸连接结构,可在出厂时或施工现场根据需要将标签组件连接至光纤连接器本体上,提高了光纤连接器本体和标签组件之间连接的自由度。
本实施例在将光纤连接器本体的中间件插设入所述安装槽内,即可实现标签组件和光纤连接器本体之间的连接,降低了将标签组件连接至光纤连接器本体上的操作难度,提高了操作效率。
因标签组件与光纤连接器本体之间的结构的稳固,则有效地提高了光纤连接器组件结构的稳定,从而使得在网络节点后续使用的过程中,所述光纤连接器组件的标签信息不会出现位置的偏移的情况,进而有效地保证了标签信息能够始终位于视线范围或摄像范围内,提高了对标签信息所标识的光纤连接器本体进行识别的准确性。
采用本实施例所示的光纤连接器组件,标签组件为一体成型结构,则在需要将标签组件安装在光纤连接器本体上的情况下,可直接将标签组件安装在所述光纤连接器本体上, 提高了安装的效率。
实施例七
由上述实施例一至实施例六所示可知,为避免对标签信息的遮挡,从而无法准确地识别标签信息所标识的光纤连接器本体,则需要标签组件设置容纳通道以及过纤通道,从而通过容纳通道以及过纤通道对光缆的延伸路径进行限制,从而使得光缆的延伸路径不会在视线范围或摄像范围内遮挡标签信息。
而本实施例所示的光纤连接器组件无需额外设置容纳通道以及过纤通道,即可实现光缆的延伸路径不会在视线范围或摄像范围内遮挡标签信息的目的,具体说明请参见图39以及图40所示。
所述光纤连接器组件3900包括光纤连接器本体3901和标签组件,对所述光纤连接器本体3901的类型的说明,请参见实施例一所示,具体在本实施例中不做赘述。
本实施例所示的标签组件具体包括连接件3902和标签模块3903。
所述连接件3902分别与所述光纤连接器本体3901和所述标签模块3903连接,具体地,所述连接件3902的第一端与所述光纤连接器本体3901连接,所述连接件3902的第二端与所述标签模块3903连接。
本实施例所示的标签模块3903的目标表面设置有标签信息3904,对所述目标表面以及所述标签信息3904的具体说明,请参见实施例一所示,具体不做赘述。
具体地,本实施例所示的所述连接件3902的内部具有第一通道,所述标签模块3903的内部具有第二通道,所述第一通道和所述第二通道连通,从而使得所述光纤连接器本体3901的光缆3905经由所述第一通道和所述第二通道进行延伸。
如图39所示,本实施例以所述标签模块3904的整体结构呈正方体结构为例进行示例性说明,需明确地是,本实施例对标签模块3904的整体结构的说明可可选地示例,不做限定,只要能够保证所述标签模块3904内的第二通道能够与连接件3902内部的第一通道连通,且保证所述标签模块3904所设置的标签信息位于摄像范围内即可。
本实施例以光纤连接器组件为一体成型结构为例进行示例性说明,具体地,本实施例所示的所述光纤连接器本体3901可包括插头和中间件,对所述插头和所述中间件的具体说明,请参见实施例二所示,具体在本实施例中不做赘述。
本实施例所示的所述连接件3902可为尾套,可选地,本实施例所示的尾套具有一定的硬度,从而使得尾套在外力的作用下能够改变位置,在将本实施例所示的光纤连接器组件插设于插框上的过程中,施工人员即可对尾套施加作用力,从而使得标签信息3904位于摄像范围内。
可选地,所述尾套的结构还可不能够发生改变,则在出厂阶段即保证尾套的结构能够使得标签信息3904位于摄像范围内。
需明确地的是,本实施例对所述连接件3902的说明为可选地示例,不做限定,例如,本实施例所示的光纤连接器本体3901可包括插头、中间件以及尾套,对所述插头、所述中间件以及所述尾套的具体说明,请详见实施例一所示,具体在本实施例中不做赘述。
本实施例所示的连接件3902可套设于所述尾套外周面设置,从而使得所述光纤连接器 本体的光缆3905能够沿所述连接件3902内部的第一通道进行延伸。
在此种示例中,不对所述连接件3902和所述尾套之间的连接方式进行限定,例如,所述连接件3902和所述尾套之间可通过胀紧配合的方式、卡合连接的方式、磁性连接的方式、弹性连接的方式或粘结的方式等任意方式,具体说明请详见实施例二所示,具体在本实施例中不做赘述。
以下对本实施例所示的所述连接件3902不会在摄像范围内对标签信息进行遮挡的原因进行说明:
本实施例所示的所述光纤连接器本体3901的光缆3905能够经由所述第一通道和所述第二通道进行延伸,即光缆3905在连接件3902以及标签模块3903的内部进行延伸,可见,光缆3905的延伸路径与标签信息3904之间处于不共面的状态,进而使得在摄像范围内,光缆3905不会对标签信息3904造成遮挡,从而有效地保证了摄像头所获取到的标签信息的清晰和完整。
本实施例所示的光纤连接器组件3900插设于如图40所示的插框3906上,对所述插框3906的具体说明,请参见实施例一所示,具体不做赘述。
由图40所示可知,在所述插框3906上已插设有多个光纤连接器组件的情况下,与第一光纤连接器组件连接的光缆不会遮挡插框3906上的第二光纤连接器组件的标签信息,对第一光纤连接器组件和第二光纤连接器组件的说明,请参见实施例一所示,具体在本实施例中不做赘述。
例如,第一光纤连接器组件的光缆可经由第二光纤连接器组件的连接件3902、光纤连接器本体3901和标签模块3903之间的区域进行延伸,从而使得第一光纤连接器组件的光缆不会遮挡标签信息3904。
又如,为避免已插设在插框3906上的不同的光纤连接器组件所连接的光缆出现缠绕的可能,则可使得每个光纤连接器组件的连接件3902均朝向同一方向进行弯折,例如,本实施例以每个连接件3902均朝向左侧进行弯折,本实施例对所述连接件3902所弯折的角度不做限定,只要连接件3902弯折后能够保证标签信息3904位于摄像范围内即可。
在每个光纤连接器组件的连接件3902均朝向左侧进行弯折的情况下,与每个光纤连接器组件连接的光缆即可均从标签模块3904的左侧引出,从而使得每个光纤连接器组件所连接的光缆的延伸路径均不会对已插设在插框3906上的任一光纤连接器组件的标签信息造成遮挡。
采用本实施例所示的光纤连接器组件的标签信息的有益效果的说明,请详见实施例一所示,具体在本实施例中不做赘述。
本实施例所示的光纤连接器组件为一体成型结构,可以在光纤连接器组件出厂的时候完成标签信息的设置,简化施工现场操作步骤。在施工现场直接将光纤连接器插设入对应的适配器即可,提高了将光纤连接器组件安装至插框上的效率。可选地,光纤连接器组件出厂时可不设置标签信息,在施工现场将标签信息设置在光纤连接器组件的目标表面上。
本实施例所示的光纤连接器组件的连接件的具体位置可调节,则可在施工阶段,由施工人员根据光缆在插框内的延伸情况对连接件的位置进行调节,从而避免光缆对标签信息 的遮挡。也可根据摄像头的位置对连接件的位置进行调节,从而使得标签信息能够始终位于摄像范围内,从而准确地识别标签信息所标识的光纤连接器本体。
因光纤连接器组件是一体成型结构,则有效地提高了光纤连接器组件结构的稳定,而且降低了将光纤连接器组件插设于插框内的难度,提高了将光纤连接器组件插设于插框内的效率。
实施例八
实施例一至实施例七,提供了一种光纤连接器组件,在光纤连接器组件使用阶段,需要根据需要,将光纤连接器组件插入至插框对应的适配器内,也需要将光纤连接器组件从适配器中拔出。
本实施例提供所提供的光纤连接器组件,能够降低在将光纤连接器组件插设于插框中的适配器的过程中,以及在将光纤连接器组件从适配器中拔出的过程中的操作难度,提高操作效率。
本实施例所示的光纤连接器组件包括光纤连接器本体、连接件以及标签模块,所述光纤连接器本体、连接件以及标签模块的具体说明,可参见上述实施例一至实施例七任一实施例所示,具体在本实施例中不做赘述。
本实施例以光纤连接器本体为LC型光纤连接器为例进行示例性说明,以下结合图41至图45所示,对本实施例所示的光纤连接器组件的结构具体说明。
本实施例所示的光纤连接器组件4300包括光纤连接器本体4301、连接件4302以及标签模块4303。
本实施例所示的所述光纤连接器组件4300还包括弹臂4304,具体地,所述弹臂4304的第一端4305与所述光纤连接器本体4301的插头4313连接,对所述插头4313的说明,请参见上述实施例所示,具体不做赘述。
所述弹臂4304的第二端4306与所述光纤连接器本体4301之间具有间隙,即在所述弹臂4304的第二端4306受到朝向所述插头4313方向的作用力的状态下,所述弹臂4304的第二端4306与所述光纤连接器本体4301之间的间隙被压缩,在所述弹臂4304的第二端4306未受到朝向所述插头4313方向的作用力的状态下,所述弹臂4304回弹,进而导致所述弹臂4304的第二端4306与所述光纤连接器本体4301之间的间隙变大,直至恢复至初始状态。
所述光纤连接器组件还包括与所述连接件4302连接的解锁件4307,所述解锁件4307包括抵持端4308和作用端4309,所述抵持端4308和所述作用端4309之间通过过渡杆4310连接。
具体地,所述解锁件4307靠近所述抵持端4308的端部形成有卡持凹槽4311,所述光纤连接器本体4301插设于所述卡持凹槽4311内设置,从而有效地保证了解锁件4307和所述光纤连接器本体4301之间结构的稳定,避免所述解锁件4307从所述连接件4302上脱离的情况。
所述卡持凹槽4311沿朝向所述插头4313的方向延伸以形成所述抵持端4308,在所述光纤连接器本体4301插设于所述卡持凹槽4311内的状态下,所述抵持端4308与所述弹臂 4304的第二端4306相互抵持。
所述作用端4309延伸至靠近所述标签模块4303的目标表面4312的位置处,对所述目标表面4312的具体说明,请详见实施例一所示,具体在本实施例中不做赘述。
在所述作用端4309延伸至靠近所述标签模块4303的目标表面4312的位置处的状态下,施工人员即可无需对所述光纤连接器本体4301的插头4313施加作用力,从而远程对所述光纤连接器本体4301从适配器中插拔的目的。
以下对远程将所述光纤连接器本体4301从适配器中拔出的过程进行说明:
在本实施例所示的光纤连接器组件4300插设于适配器中的状态下,所述光纤连接器组件4300的结构可参见图43所示,即所述弹臂4304和所述插头4313之间具有间隙L1,所述弹臂4304卡持固定在适配器的内周壁上,从而实现所述光纤连接器组件4300与所述适配器之间的固定。且本实施例所示的所述抵持端4308位于所述适配器和所述抵持端4308之间。且此时的所述作用端4309处于未受力状态。
为实现将所述光纤连接器组件4300从适配器中拔出的目的,则如图43所示对所述作用端4309施加用于带动所述解锁件4307进行旋转的作用力,例如,对所述作用端4309施加向下(即如图43所示的方向4314)的作用力,从而使得所述解锁件4307进行旋转,需明确的是,本实施例对所述作用端4309所施加的作用力的方向的说明为可选地示例,不做限定,只要该作用力能够使得所述解锁件4307进行旋转,从而使得所述作用端4309对所述弹臂4304施加作用力,从而压缩所述弹臂4304的第二端4306与所述光纤连接器本体4301之间的间隙即可。
具体地,为实现所述解锁件4307的旋转,则所述连接件4302设置有旋转凸起4315,所述过渡杆4310设置有旋转孔4316,所述旋转凸起4315和所述旋转孔4316之间间隙配合,在所述旋转凸起4315插设于所述旋转孔4316内的状态下,所述解锁件4307以所述旋转孔4316为中心进行旋转。
可见,如图44所示,对所述作用端4309施加的沿方向4314的作用力,会导致所述弹臂4304和所述插头4313之间的间隙变为L2,且L2小于L1。
在所述弹臂4304和所述插头4313之间的间隙为L2的状态下,所述弹臂4304与适配器的内周壁之间存在间隙,从而使得所述弹臂4304无法继续抵持固定在所述适配器内,此时可对所述连接件4302施加远离所述适配器方向的作用力(即如图44所示的方向4317),因此时的所述弹臂4304无法继续抵持固定在所述适配器,则所述光纤连接器组件4300可在远离所述适配器方向的作用力的作用下,从所述适配器中拔出。
将所述光纤连接器组件4300插入至适配器中的过程,为上述所示的将所述光纤连接器组件4300从适配器中拔出的逆过程,具体不做赘述。
采用本实施例所示的光纤连接器组件的有益效果请参见上述实施例一至实施例七任一实施例所示,具体不做赘述。
在上述实施例的有益效果的基础上,采用本实施例所示的光纤连接器组件,可通过解锁件实现远程将光纤连接器组件插入至适配器中的目的,还能够实现远程将光纤连接器组件从适配器中拔出的目的,可见,在对光纤连接器组件进行插拔的过程,无需施工人员的 手部在插头的区域施加作用力,从而提高了对光纤连接器组件进行插拔的操作效率,而且因对光纤连接器组件进行远程操作,从而避免了施工人员的手部接触光纤连接器组件以及光缆的情况,避免了光纤连接器组件以及光缆在外力的作用下导致出现故障的可能,提高了安全性。
实施例九
本实施例提供了一种标签系统4600,以下结合图46至图49进行说明。
本实施例所示的标签系统4600包括插框4601,对所述插框4601的具体说明,请详见实施例一所示,具体在本实施例中不做赘述。
所述插框4601包括多个适配器4602,具体地,所述插框4601设置多个端口,所述适配器4602的第一端4603用于插设固定于插框4601端口内部,以实现适配器4602与插框之间的固定。所述适配器4602的第二端4604用于与光纤连接器组件4605连接。
本实施例所示的所述适配器4602的第一端4603的侧壁设置有弹性卡扣4606,所述端口的内周壁与所述弹性卡扣4606位置相对处设置有卡槽,在所述弹性卡扣4606卡合固定于所述卡槽内的状态下,实现所述适配器4602与插框4601的端口之间的固定。
本实施例对适配器4602与插框4601的端口之间的固定方式不做限定,例如,所述适配器4602与插框4601的端口之间,可采用磁性连接的方式、弹性连接的方式或粘结的方式等,具体说明请参见实施例二所示,具体在本实施例中不做赘述。
本实施例所示的所述光纤连接器组件4605的结构可参见上述实施例一至实施例八任一实施例所示,具体光纤连接器组件的结构在本实施例中不做赘述。
本实施例所示的光纤连接器组件4605的外壳体设置有定位凸起4607,所述适配器4602的第二端4604与所述定位凸起4607位置对应处,设置有定位凹槽4608。在所述定位凸起4607插设固定于所述定位凹槽4608内的状态下,实现所述光纤连接器组件4605与所述适配器4602之间的连接。
本实施例对所述定位凸起4607和所述定位凹槽4608的具体结构不做限定,只要所述定位凹槽4608和所述定位凸起4607形状匹配,以提高所述光纤连接器组件4605和所述适配器4602之间连接结构的稳固即可。例如,所述定位凸起4607呈锥形结构,与所述定位凸起4607形状匹配的所述定位凹槽4608可呈喇叭开口结构。又如,所述定位凸起4607和所述定位凹槽4608可均呈矩形结构等。
需明确的是,本实施例对所述适配器4602的具体结构不做限定,只要所述适配器4602能够与所述光纤连接器组件4605连接以实现光信号的传输即可。
如图46所示,在所述插框4601上通过适配器4602已插设有多个所述光纤连接器组件4605的情况下,在插框4601位于可视范围或摄像范围内的情况下,所述插框4601已插设的各个光纤连接器组件4605的标签信息可均具有统一的朝向,且各个光纤连接器组件4605的标签信息均位于视线范围或摄像范围内,对所述标签信息、视线范围以及摄像范围的具体说明,请详见实施例一所示,具体不做赘述。
所述插框4601已插设的各个光纤连接器组件4605的标签信息可均具有统一的朝向可指,所述插框4601已插设的各个光纤连接器组件4605的标签信息形成标签阵列,标签阵 列所包括的各个标签信息可位于同一表面,所述标签阵列所位于的表面可为平面结构、曲面结构或为凹凸结构等,只要标签阵列所包括的每个标签信息均位于可视范围或摄像范围内即可。
可见,在通过摄像头对插框4601进行拍摄的情况下,所获取到的目标图像能够包括插框4601上已插设的所有光纤连接器组件4605的标签信息,从而通过标签信息能够对插框4601上已插设的各个光纤连接器本体进行识别,对光纤连接器本体的具体说明,请详见实施例一所示,具体不做赘述。
可选地,本实施例所示的标签系统,在所述插框4601已插设多个光纤连接器组件4605的情况下,为避免各个光纤连接器组件4605引出的光缆出现相互缠绕且便于对标签系统中的光缆进行梳理,则本实施例所示的各个光纤连接器组件4605引出的光缆均可沿相同的方向在所述插框4601中进行延伸。
例如,各个所述光纤连接器组件4605所连接的光缆沿方向4609从各个光纤连接器组件4605的标签模块中引出,所述方向4609为插框4601的横向方向,且方向4609还为各个所述光纤连接器组件4605的左侧方向。
随后,从各个光纤连接器组件4605的标签模块中引出的光缆沿方向4610从插框4601中引出,所述方向4610为插框4601的竖向方向。
需明确地是,本实施例对各个光纤连接器组件4605所连接的光缆,在插框4601中的延伸路径的说明,为一种可选地示例,不做限定,只要不同的光纤连接器组件4605所连接的光缆能够不出现相互缠绕以便于对光缆进行梳理即可。
本实施例所示的标签系统还能够准确地识别出,所述标签信息所标识的所述光纤连接器本体是否已插入至对应的适配器中。
为更好的理解,以下首先对已有的方案具体是如何实现对光纤连接器组件是否已插入至其对应的适配器中的过程进行说明:
光网络中,为保证光信号能够准确地从源节点传输至目标节点,则需要准确地将各个光纤连接器组件准确地插设入其对应的适配器内,已有方案可通过RFID的方式识别光纤连接器组件是否准确地设入其对应的适配器内。
具体地,在适配器处和光纤连接器组件处增加配对的RFID标签,通过专用的识别装置识别适配器的RFID标签和光纤连接器组件的RFID标签,若所检测的适配器的RFID标签和光纤连接器组件的RFID标签已配对,则识别出该光纤连接器组件已插设入其对应的适配器内。
但是,通过RFID的方式进行识别,需要通过专用的识别装置,增加了识别的成本,而且在标签系统包括大量的适配器和光纤连接器组件的情况下,需要通过识别装置进行逐一的识别,大大降低了识别的效率。
而在采用本实施例所示的标签系统进行识别的过程中,可根据摄像头对插框进行拍照以获取到的目标图像,判断出目标图像所包括的每一光纤连接器组件是否已插入至对应的适配器中,且识别过程中无需专用的识别装置,而且无需对每个光纤连接器组件进行单独的操作,降低了识别的难度,提高了识别的效率。
采用本实施例所示的标签系统,为实现识别过程,则需要预先获取预设排布信息,所述预设排布信息为适配器阵列在世界坐标系中的排布情况,所述预设排布信息为所述适配器阵列所包括的N行适配器以及M列适配器中,N和M的具体取值,以及所述适配器阵列所包括的各个适配器在所述世界坐标系中的具体坐标,其中,所述适配器阵列包括已插设在所述插框上的多个适配器。
即通过所述预设排布信息确定所述适配器阵列所包括的适配器的总数,所述插框上的所有适配器的行列排布情况,且每一行所包括的适配器的数量以及每一列所包括的适配器的数目,以及每个适配器在世界坐标系中的坐标。
本实施例所示的标签系统可通过如下所示确定出预设排布信息:
本实施例所示的所述插框4601的表面设置标记结构4611,所述标记结构4611用于指示所述预设排布信息。
具体地,在通过电子装置,例如,智能手机、平板电脑、计算机或网络节点内的处理器等对光纤连接器组件是否已插入至对应的适配器内进行识别的过程中,可预先在电子装置内存储所述标记结构4611、所述预设排布信息的对应关系,在需要识别时,电子装置可根据标记结构4611获取所述标记结构4611对应的所述预设排布信息。
本实施例所示的所述预设排布信息还包括在所述世界坐标系中,所述适配器阵列所包括的每一适配器与所述标记结构4611之间的相对位置关系,所述电子装置在获取到所述目标图像以及所述适配器阵列排布信息的情况下,即可识别所述目标图像所包括的每一光纤连接器组件是否已插入对应的适配器中。
本实施例所示的标记结构4611可为二维码、唯一标识符、条形码、数字文本信息、预设颜色或预设结构等,其中,所述预设结构为所述标记结构的整体呈矩形、方形、圆形等任意形状,预设颜色可为红色、蓝色等任意颜色,只要具有预设结构的所述标记结构4611,具有预设颜色的所述标记结构,能够便于被图像识别技术进行识别即可,以图46所示为例,所述预设结构为方形。
本实施例对所述标记结构4611具体的数量以及在所述插框4611的表面的具体位置不做限定,只要在摄像头对所述插框4601进行拍摄时,所述标记结构4611位于所述摄像头的摄像范围内即可。
本实施例对所述标记结构4611具体是如何固定在所述插框4601上的方式不做限定,例如所述标记结构4611可通过磁性连接的方式、弹性连接的方式或粘结等任意方式,固定设置在所述插框4601的表面上。
可选地,本实施例以标记结构4611和所述插框4601的表面之间为可拆卸的连接关系为例进行示例性说明,在其他示例中,所述标记结构4611还可为插框4601的一部分,例如,所述插框4601的表面延伸以形成所述标记结构4611,也可为插框本身易于识别的结构特征,如插框的边缘、适配器结构特征等。
本实施例所示的标签系统所具有的有益效果的说明,还可参见上述任一实施例所示,具体不做赘述。
而且采用本实施例所示的标签系统,能够识别出标签信息所标识的光纤连接器组件是 否已插设入对应的适配器内,且识别过程操作简单,效率高。
采用本实施例所示的标签系统,还能够实现对插框所包括的所有适配器资源的数字化管理,其中,数字化管理可指,通过对插框进行拍摄即可获取到目标图像,通过对目标图像的图像分析,即可获取到插框所包括的多个适配器中,哪些适配器是已经连接了光纤连接器组件的,哪些适配器处于空闲状态、插框具体包括哪些适配器、不同的适配器之间所连接的跳纤的路由,从而使得插框所包括的所有适配器的具体情况能够实现数字化,可视化,通过数字化管理有效地降低网络节点的运维成本。
实施例十
本实施例基于实施例九提供了一种识别方法,对本实施例所示的识别方法所应用的标签系统的具体结构请详见实施例九所示,具体不做赘述。
以下结合图50对本实施例所示的识别方法的执行过程进行说明:
步骤5001、电子装置获取目标图像。
本实施例中,插框上的适配器阵列已插设有光纤连接器组件,则所述摄像头在对适配器阵列进行拍摄的情况下,即可获取到目标图像。
由实施例九的说明可知,在插框上已插设多个光纤连接器组件的情况下,所有已插设在插框上的光纤连接器组件的标签信息所组成标签阵列位于摄像范围内。可见,在摄像头对适配器阵列进行拍摄以获取到的目标图像包括所述标签阵列。
以下对本实施例所示的方法的执行主体进行说明:
本实施例所示的方法的执行主体为电子装置,所述电子装置可为包括摄像头的智能手机、平板电脑等。本实施例所示的电子装置也可为计算机或者标签系统所包括的网络节点内的处理器等,若执行主体为计算机或者标签系统所包括的处理器,则在智能手机或平板电脑等的摄像头对插框进行拍摄以获取目标图像的情况下,所述计算机或者标签系统所包括的处理器即可获取该目标图像,从而根据该目标图像进行识别。
需明确的是,本实施例对执行主体的说明为可选地示例,不做限定,只要能够执行本实施例所示的方法即可。
需明确的是,本实施例以目标图像为摄像头对插框的全部区域进行拍摄以形成为例进行示例性说明,在其他示例中,所述目标图像也可为摄像头对插框的部分区域进行拍摄以形成,具体在本实施例中不做限定。
步骤5002、电子装置在目标图像中获取标记结构。
对所述标记结构的具体说明,请详见实施例九所示,具体在本实施例中不做赘述。
步骤5003、电子装置根据标记结构获取预设排布信息。
本实施例中,电子装置已预先存储标记结构和预设排布信息的对应关系,可见,在电子装置在所述目标图像中,获取出标记结构的情况下,即可获取对应的预设排布信息,具体说明,请详见实施例九所示,具体不做赘述。
由实施例九所示可知,所述预设排布信息为适配器阵列在世界坐标系中的排布情况,具体参见图51A,可见,本实施例所示的世界坐标系的观察方向是世界坐标系的Z轴正方向。
如图51A所示可知,所述预设排布信息包括插框4601未插设光纤连接器组件的状态下,所述适配器阵列所包括的适配器的总数,所述插框4601上的所有适配器的行列排布情况,且每一行所包括的适配器的数量以及每一列所包括的适配器的数目、每个适配器在世界坐标系中的坐标以及在所述世界坐标系中,所述适配器阵列所包括的每一适配器与所述标记结构4611之间的相对位置关系。
步骤5004、电子装置将目标图像转换至世界坐标系中。
所述电子装置可将目标图像通过转换矩阵转换至如图51B所示的世界坐标系中,对世界坐标系的说明,请参见实施例九所示的世界坐标系的说明,具体不做赘述。
具体地,所述电子装置可根据所述目标图像所包括的标记结构4611,将所述目标图像转换至所述世界坐标系中,且保证所述标记结构4611在所述预设排布信息中和在图51B所示的世界坐标系中的位置、姿态、角度等均相同。从而有效地保证了同一适配器,在所述预设排布信息中与所述标记结构4611之间的相对位置关系,与在图51B所示的所述世界坐标系中与所述标记结构4611之间的相对位置相同。
步骤5005、电子装置在世界坐标系中确定目标区域。
具体地,在电子装置将所述目标图像转换至如图51B所示的世界坐标系的状态下,所述电子装置即可在世界坐标系中,按照预设排布信息所包括的适配器阵列的排布情况,对世界坐标系所显示的插框表面进行分割以形成多个区域,其中,多个区域的排布方式与所述适配器阵列所包括的多个适配器的排布方式相同,且一一对应。
例如,适配器阵列所包括的多个适配器按照N行M列的方式进行排布,则多个区域在世界坐标系中,也按照N行M列的方式进行排布以形成区域阵列,且每个区域在世界坐标系中的位置和该区域对应的适配器在适配器阵列中的位置相同。
例如,区域5301在区域阵列中,位于第2行第1列,则与区域5301对应的适配器,在适配器阵列中,也位于第2行第1列。
本实施例中,所述电子装置所获取到的所述目标区域的位置信息为所述目标区域在所述世界坐标系中的坐标。
本实施例所示的目标区域可为所述区域阵列所包括的任一区域。
步骤5006、电子装置判断在目标区域中是否成功获取标签信息,若否,则执行步骤5007,若是,则执行步骤5008。
本实施例中,若在所述目标区域对应的第一目标适配器中插设光纤连接器组件,则所述光纤连接器组件的标签信息会显示在目标区域内,则所述电子装置即可在所述目标区域中,成功获取所述标签信息。
例如,本实施例以标签信息为二维码,所述二维码包括图形信息,本实施例所示可在所述目标区域内,获取所述图形信息。
可见,本实施例所示电子装置还能够实现对插框的数字化管理过程,即,电子装置在所述目标区域内成功获取到标签信息,则说明标签信息所标识的光纤连接器组件所插设入的第一目标适配器,电子装置即可通过目标图像,确定出各个第一目标适配器中所插入的光纤连接器组件,从而实现了插框的适配器资源的数字化录入和管理,无需人工现场对光 纤连接器组件和适配器之间的插设关系进行逐一的查看和录入,有效地提高了对插框的适配器资源进行管理的准确性和效率。
若在所述目标区域对应的第一目标适配器中未插设光纤连接器组件,则所述电子装置无法在所述目标区域中,成功获取所述标签信息。
步骤5007、电子装置生成空闲指示信息。
本实施例中,在所述电子装置确定未从目标区域内成功获取所述标签信息,则确定所述第一目标适配器为未插设所述光纤连接器组件的空闲适配器。
所述电子装置即可生成空闲指示信息,所述空闲指示信息用于指示所述第一目标适配器在所述适配器阵列中的位置,例如,所述空闲指示信息用于指示所述第一目标适配器位于所述适配器阵列中的第几行第几列。
本实施例对所述空闲指示信息的具体内容不做限定,只要维护人员能够根据所述空闲指示信息确定出所述适配器阵列中的空闲适配器的具体位置即可。
采用本实施例所示的方法,通过目标图像即可确定出适配器阵列中,未插设光纤连接器组件的空闲适配器,以便于后续对空闲适配器分配对应的光纤连接器组件,以实现光信号新的传输路径的配置,有效地提高了对光信号传输路径进行配置的效率。
步骤5008、电子装置根据第二预设对应关系获取第一目标适配器对应的目标标签信息。
本实施例所示的所述电子装置预先存储有所述第二预设对应关系,所述第二预设对应关系包括不同的标签信息与不同的适配器的对应关系。
具体地,为实现光信号的传输,则需要将标签信息所标识的光纤连接器本体插设入所述对应的适配器,才会实现光信号的连通。
本实施例中,只有所述第一目标适配器中所插入的光纤连接器本体,为所述目标标签信息所标识的光纤连接器本体的状态下,经由所述第一目标适配器和所述目标标签信息所标识的光纤连接器本体才能够成功的实现光信号的传输。
本实施例所示的第二预设对应关系,存储了所述第一目标适配器和所述目标标签信息的对应关系,即只有在所述目标标签信息所标识的光纤连接器本体成功插入至所述第一目标适配器中,才会成功实现光信号的传输。
步骤5009、电子装置判断标签信息是否与目标标签信息相同,若是,则执行步骤5010,若否,则执行步骤5011。
本实施例所示的目的在于,识别所述第一目标适配器所插设的光纤连接连接器组件的标签信息,是否与所述目标标签信息相同;
例如,若所述标签信息为二维码,则所述电子装置判断标签信息所包括的图形信息和所述目标标签所包括的图形信息是否相同。
若所述标签信息与目标区域中的标签信息相同,则说明所述第一目标适配器中所插入的光纤连接器本体,为所述目标标签信息所标识的光纤连接器本体。
如所述标签信息与目标区域中的标签信息不相同,则说明所述第一目标适配器中所插入的光纤连接器本体,不是所述目标标签信息所标识的光纤连接器本体,进而说明在所述目标区域中所获取到的标签信息所标识的光纤连接器本体,插入了错误的适配器。
步骤5010、电子装置生成识别成功指示信息。
本实施例中,在所述电子装置已确定所述标签信息与目标区域中的标签信息相同,即可生成所述成功指示信息,所述成功指示信息用于指示所述第一目标适配器中所插入的光纤连接器本体,为所述目标标签信息所标识的光纤连接器本体的事件。
维护人员即可根据所述识别成功指示信息确定出所述第一目标适配器内已成功插入准确的光纤连接器组件。
步骤5011、电子装置生成识别失败指示信息。
本实施例中,在所述电子装置已确定所述标签信息与目标区域中的标签信息不相同,即可生成所述失败指示信息,所述失败指示信息用于指示所述第一目标适配器中所插入的光纤连接器本体,不是所述目标标签信息所标识的光纤连接器本体的事件。
维护人员即可根据所述识别失败指示信息确定出所述第一目标适配器已插入错误的光纤连接器组件。
可选地,为便于维护人员进行维护,则所述失败指示信息还可包括所述第一目标适配器的位置信息,可见,维护人员根据识别失败信息所包括的第一目标适配器的位置信息,在适配器阵列中,准确的对所述第一目标适配器进行定位。
可见,采用本实施例所示的识别方法,能够通过目标图像对插框所包括的所有适配器是否已插入准确的光纤连接器本体进行批量识别,提高了识别的准确性和效率,而且在识别的过程中,无需通过专用的识别装置对所述光纤连接器组件是否已插设入其对应的适配器内进行识别,降低了识别的操作难度,提高了识别效率。
为更好的理解本实施例所示的方法,以下结合具体应用场景进行示例性说明:
需明确的是,本应用场景仅用于更好的理解本实施例所示的方法,所示具体的描述仅为一种示例:
首先,将智能手机的摄像头对准插框,从而使得插框的整个面板均位于智能手机的摄像范围内,通过智能手机对插框进行拍照以获取目标图像。
具体地,由位于插框表面的右上角位置处的摄像头对插框的整个面板进行拍摄。
该目标图像可为图46所示,目标图像包括插框4601的整个面板,也包括插框4601的左上角、右上角以及左下角均贴合设置的标记结构4611。
其次,智能手机将目标图像传输给计算机。
再次,计算机在目标图像中识别出标记结构以及预设排布信息。
具体地,计算机的存储器已预先存储标记结构A和预设排布信息A的对应关系,标记结构B与预设排布信息B的对应关系,依次类推,标记结构N与预设排布信息N的对应关系,其中,标记结构A、标记结构B至标记结构N的区分,可为标记结构的形状的不同。
例如,标记结构A整体结构呈方形,标记结构B整体结构呈圆形,至标记结构N整体结构呈五角形。
如图46所示,标记结构呈方形,则计算机可获取与呈方形的标记结构A对应的预设排布信息A。
本示例中,预设排布信息A(如图51A所示)具体为:插框4601包括12列适配器以 及12行适配器,以及12列适配器以及12行适配器中每个适配器在世界坐标系中的具体坐标。
该预设排布信息A还包括位于插框4601的左上角、右上角以及左下角均贴合设置的标记结构4611。
再次,计算机将目标图像转换至世界坐标系中。
具体地,如图46所示,计算机所获取到的目标图像在图像坐标系中,呈三维结构。
计算机将目标图像由图像坐标系转换至世界坐标系中,从而标记结构在图51A所示的预设排布信息A中相对插框表面的位置、姿态、角度与标记结构在世界坐标系中相对插框表面的位置、姿态、角度均相同。
本示例中,标记结构在预设排布信息和世界坐标系中,均位于插框表面的左上角、右上角以及左下角,标记结构的结构均呈正方形,每个标记结构在预设排布信息中与每个适配器之间的相对位置关系在预设排布信息和世界坐标系中均相同。
再次,计算机将包括插框表面的世界坐标系进行划分以确定多个区域。
具体地,在电子装置将所述目标图像转换至如图51B所示的世界坐标系的状态下,所述电子装置即可在世界坐标系中,按照预设排布信息所包括的适配器阵列的排布情况(12行12列),对世界坐标系所显示的插框表面进行分割以形成多个区域(12行12列)。
且在预设排布信息中位于第1行第1列的适配器与世界坐标系中位于第1行第1列的区域对应,在预设排布信息中位于第N行第M列的适配器与世界坐标系中位于第N行第M列的区域对应。
具体地,预设排布信息中位于第1行第1列的适配器与世界坐标系中位于第1行第1列的区域对应是指,在预设排布信息中,位于第1行第1列的适配器的中心点,与各个标记结构之间的相对位置关系,与所述世界坐标系中,位于第1行第1列的目标区域的中心点与各个标记结构之间的相对位置关系均相同。
再次,计算机在世界坐标系中确定目标区域。
例如,计算机确定位于世界坐标系中,位于第2行第1列的区域5301为目标区域。该目标区域5301对应的适配器,在适配器阵列中,也位于第2行第1列。
再次,若计算机在目标区域5301中成功读取二维码,则确定该目标区域5301对应的适配器已插设光纤连接器组件。若计算机在目标区域5301中未读取出二维码,则确定该目标区域5301对应的适配器为未插设光纤连接器组件的空闲适配器。
本示例以计算机在目标区域5301中成功读取二维码A为例进行示例性说明。
本示例所示的计算机的存储器还存储有二维码A所包括的图形信息A与适配器的标识A的对应关系。
其中,计算机可存储有工单系统,所述工单系统存储为实现光信号的成功的传输,则需要二维码A所标识的光纤连接器组件插设于具有标识A的适配器中。
若二维码A所标识的光纤连接器组件未插设于工单系统所指示的具有标识A的适配器中,则说明二维码A所标识的光纤连接器组件插设于错误的适配器中,则二维码A所标识的光纤连接器组件无法实现光信号的传输。
可见,本保证光信号的成功传输,则需要二维码A所标识的光纤连接器组件插设于对应的适配器A中,则本示例所示即可校验在世界坐标系中,目标区域5301对应的适配器是否为适配器A,若是,则说明二维码A所标识的光纤连接器组件已插设入准确地适配器中,若否,则说明二维码A所标识的光纤连接器组件未插设入准确地适配器中。
本示例中的计算机即可对目标区域对应的适配器的标识,与工单系统中二维码A对应的适配器的标识A是否相同。
即计算机判断对目标区域对应的适配器的标识是否为标识A。
若是,则说明二维码A所标识的光纤连接器组件已插入工单系统所示的具有标识A的适配器中,有效地保证了光信号传输路径的导通。
计算机生成识别成功指示信息,其用于指示二维码A所标识的光纤连接器组件已插入工单系统所示的具有标识A的适配器中的事件。
若否,则说明二维码A所标识的光纤连接器组件已插入错误的适配器中,光信号传输路径未导通。
计算机生成识别失败指示信息,其用于指示二维码A所标识的光纤连接器组件已插入错误的适配器中的事件。
实施例十一
本实施例提供了一种标签系统5200,以下结合图52至图55进行说明。
本实施例所示的标签系统5200包括插框5201,对所述插框5201的具体说明,请详见实施例一所示,具体在本实施例中不做赘述。
所述插框5201包括多个适配器,对所述适配器以及所述适配器如何固定设置在插框5201的说明,请详见实施例九所示,不做赘述。
本实施例根据适配器所插设的器件的不同,对适配器进行区分,具体地,本实施例所示的插框5201的第一适配器5206为插设光纤连接器组件5205的适配器,所述光纤连接器组件5205的结构可参见上述实施例一至实施例八任一实施例所示,具体光纤连接器组件的结构在本实施例中不做赘述。
本实施例所示的插框5201的第二适配器5207为插设标识组件5208的适配器,以下对标识组件5208进行说明:
首先,对所述标识组件5208的作用进行说明:
以图46所示为例可知,在标签系统的使用过程中,插框中的所有适配器并不是时刻保持满配,其中,满配是指插框中的所有适配器均插设有光纤连接器组件。
为避免插框中的第二适配器5207的插接口进入灰尘,则本实施例可在第二适配器5207中插设入标识组件5208,有效地避免了第二适配器5207的插接口进入灰尘。
以下对本实施例所示的所述标识组件5208的具体结构进行说明:
所述标识组件5208包括防尘插头5209、延伸件5210和标识模块5211,所述防尘插头5209插设于所述第二适配器5207的插接口内,从而避免外部灰尘进入至所述第二适配器5207的插接口内。
所述延伸件5210分别与所述防尘插头5209和所述标识模块5211连接,所述延伸件 5210的具体结构的说明,请详见实施例一所示的连接件所示,具体在本实施例中不做赘述。
所述标识模块5211具有标识表面5212,对所述标识表面5212的位置的说明,请详见实施例一所示的对目标表面的位置的说明,具体在本实施例中不做赘述。
可见,本实施例所示的所述标识表面5212位于摄像范围或可视范围内,对所述摄像范围以及可视范围的具体说明,请详见实施例一所示,具体不做赘述。
本实施例所示的所述标识表面5212用于指示所述第二适配器5207在所述插框中的位置,例如,所述标识表面5212上可通过所设置的二维码、唯一标识符、条形码、颜色色块等指示所述第二适配器5207在所述插框中的位置。又如,所述标识表面5212可处于空白的状态以指示所述第二适配器5207在所述插框中的位置。又如,所述标识表面5212的整体结构呈特定的形状,如所述标识表面5212整体结构呈圆形、方形、矩形等任意形状。本实施例对标识表面5212不做限定,只要电子装置能够根据所述标识表面5212确定出标识模块5211所插设入的所述第二适配器5207在插框中的位置。
本实施例所示的延伸件5210具有过纤通道,有效地避免插框上已插设的光纤连接器组件所连接的光缆与延伸件5210之间出现硬接触,提高了光缆的安全,对所述延伸件5210设置过纤通道的说明,请参见实施例一所示的连接件设置所述过纤通道的说明,具体在本实施例中不做赘述。
采用本实施例所示的标签系统的有益效果的说明,请参见上述实施例一至实施例八任一实施例所示,具体不做赘述。
而且采用本实施例所示的标签系统,能够在插框未满配的情况下,避免外部的灰尘进入第二适配器的插接口中。
实施例十二
本实施例基于实施例十一提供了一种识别方法,对本实施例所示的识别方法所应用的标签系统的具体结构请详见实施例十一所示,具体不做赘述。
以下结合图56对本实施例所示的识别方法的执行过程进行说明:
步骤5601、电子装置获取目标图像。
本实施例所示的步骤5601的具体执行过程,请详见图50所示的步骤5001所示,具体执行过程,不做赘述。
步骤5602、电子装置在所述目标图像中获取标签信息。
本实施例中,所述电子装置可在所述目标图像中确定待识别的标签信息。
本实施例对如何确定所述标签信息的不做限定,例如,可连续获取两张所述目标图像,并分别对两个目标图像进行比对,若两个目标图像中,位于同一位置处有新增的标签信息,则确定对该标签信息进行识别。又如,电子装置可对目标图像所包括的多个标签信息逐一或随机进行识别。
步骤5603、电子装置根据第一预设对应关系判断标签信息是否存在对应的第二目标适配器,若是,则执行步骤5605,若否,则执行步骤5604。
本实施例中,所述电子装置获取第一预设对应关系,其中,所述第一预设对应关系包括不同的标签信息与不同的第二目标适配器的对应关系,其中,所述第二目标适配器为所 述标签信息所标识的光纤连接器本体需要插设入的适配器。
具体地,所述第二目标适配器是指,为实现光信号的传输,则需要将标签信息所标识的光纤连接器本体插设入所述第二目标适配器,才会实现光信号的连通。
例如,本实施例以标签信息为二维码,所述二维码包括图形信息,本实施例所示的第一预设对应关系包括不同的所述图形信息与不同的第二目标适配器的对应关系。
可见,在电子装置从目标图像中获取到所述标签信息后,即可根据所述标签信息所包括的图形信息,在所述第一预设对应关系中确定对应的第二目标适配器。
在电子装置确定出标签信息在所述第一预设对应关系中,存在对应的第二目标适配器,则执行步骤5605,若电子装置确定出所述标签信息在所述第一预设对应关系中,不存在对应的第二目标适配器,则执行步骤5604。
步骤5604、电子装置生成提示信息。
本实施例中,在所述电子装置确定出,所述第一预设对应关系不存在所述标签信息和所述第二目标适配器的标识的对应关系,则说明未对所述标签信息所标识的光纤连接器本体分配对应的适配器,即无需通过该标签信息所标识的光纤连接器本体实现光信号的传输,则电子装置即可生成提示信息,所述提示信息用于指示不存在所述标签信息和所述第二目标适配器的标识的对应关系的事件。
可选地,所述提示信息还可包括所述标签信息,维护人员根据该提示信息即可确定所述标签信息所标识的光纤连接器本体无需被使用,则维护人员即可将该光纤连接器本体从所述插框中拔出。
步骤5605、电子装置根据目标图像确定标签信息在标签阵列中的位置信息。
具体地,电子装置为实现确定标签信息在标签阵列中的位置信息的目的,则所述电子装置首先需要根据目标图像确定出目标图像中的标签阵列。
本实施例所示的标签阵列为插设在所述插框上的至少部分标识表面和所述标签信息所形成的阵列,具体地,本实施例在所述光纤连接器组件插设在所述插框上,且在所述标识组件插设在所述插框上的状态下,摄像头对所述插框进行拍摄所形成的目标图像即可包括所述光纤连接器组件的标签信息和所述标签组件的标识表面。
以下对本实施例所示的电子设备获取标签阵列的几种可选地方式进行说明:
方式1
本实施例所示的插框可处于满配状态,即所述插框所包括的任一适配器均插设有光纤连接器组件或标识组件,则所述电子装置对所述目标图像进行分析即可确定出标签阵列中,每一行所包括的标签信息的数量以及标识表面的数量,还能够确定出所述标签阵列中,每一列所包括的标签信息的数量以及所述标识表面的数量,进而确定出所述适配器阵列的排布情况。
本实施例所示的设置于插框上的第三目标适配器用于插设所述标识组件,对所述第三目标适配器的具体说明,请详见上述实施例十一所示的第二适配器的说明,具体在本实施例中不做赘述。
例如,所述电子装置在所述目标图像进行分析,可确定标签阵列的第1行包括8个标 签信息以及2个标识表面。所述电子装置即可确定适配器阵列的第1行包括有10个适配器,对所述适配器阵列的说明,请详见上述实施例九所示,具体在本实施例中不做赘述。
方式2
本实施例所示的所述插框可不处于满配的状态,但电子装置为确定出所述标签阵列,则需要在所述适配器阵列中的每一列,插设一个或多个光纤连接器组件或标识组件,还需要在所述适配器中的每一行,插设一个或多个光纤连接器组件或标识组件。
可见,所述标签阵列中的每一行均存在至少一个标签信息或标识表面,所述标签阵列中的每一列均存在至少一个标签信息或标识表面。
所述电子装置根据所述目标图像中的所述标签阵列,确定出所述标签阵列中,每一行所包括的标签信息的数量以及标识表面的数量,还能够确定出所述标签阵列中,每一列所包括的标签信息的数量以及所述标识表面的数量,进而确定出所述适配器阵列的排布情况。
需明确的是,本实施例对所述标签阵列所包括的各标签信息以及所述标识表面的具体排布情况不做限定,只要所述电子装置能够基于目标图像中的标签阵列确定出标签阵列的具体排布情况即可。
在此种方式中,通常要借助电子装置内部的位姿传感器,获取对插框进行拍摄时的角度和位置信息,对已获取到的目标图像通过转换拒转转换至世界坐标系,实现目标图像中的标签阵列横竖方向准确,从而提高根据目标图像所获取到的标签阵列的准确性。
将世界坐标系的具体过程的说明,可实施例十所示,具体不做赘述。
具体地,本实施例所示的电子装置基于目标图像中的标签阵列横竖方向准确的状态,将目标图像转换至世界坐标系,并在世界坐标系中,对目标图像进行分割以形成包括多个区域的区域阵列,进而即可根据区域阵列准确的确定出标签阵列。
本实施例所示的划分而成的区域阵列所包括的多个区域的排布方式与所述标签阵列所包括的多个标签信息或标识表面的排布方式相同,且一一对应即可。
例如,标签阵列所包括的多个标签信息或标识表面按照N行M列的方式进行排布,则多个区域也按照N行M列的方式进行排布以形成区域阵列,且每个区域在区域阵列中的位置与该区域对应的标签信息或标识表面在标签信息中的位置相同。
方式3
本实施例所示的所述插框可设置行数指示信息以及列数指示信息,所述行数指示信息用于指示对应的标签信息或标识表面在标签阵列中所位于的具体行数,所述列数指示信息用于指示对应的标签信息或标识表面在标签阵列中所位于的具体列数。
可见,所述标签信息对应的行数指示信息以及列数指示信息,即可确定所述标签信息在所述标签阵列中的具体位置,标识表面对应的行数指示信息以及列数指示信息,即可确定出所述标识表面在所述标签阵列中的具体位置。
例如,图52所示,所述插框的具有12列适配器以及12行适配器,则在所述插框每一列适配器的起始位置5214处,设置列数指示信息,具体如,列数指示信息可为字符“12”,字符“12”表示该字符位于同一列的适配器,均位于所述适配器阵列中的第12列。还在所述插框每一行的起始位置5215处,设置行数指示信息,具体如,行数指示信息可为字符“6”, 字符“6”表示该字符位于同一行的适配器,均位于所述适配器阵列中的第6行。
本实施例中,电子装置确定出目标图像中的标签阵列的具体排布情况,即可确定标签信息在标签阵列中的位置信息,其中,所述标签信息在所述标签阵列中的位置信息为所述标签信息在所述标签阵列中的坐标,例如,所述标签信息具体位于第几行以及第几列。
步骤5606、电子装置根据标签信息在标签阵列中的位置信息,确定第一目标适配器的标识。
本实施例中,所述电子设备可根据如下所示的任一方式确定所述第一目标适配器的标识,对所述第一目标适配器的说明,请详见实施例十一所示的第一适配器所示,具体不做赘述。
方式1
首先,电子装置根据所述标签信息在所述标签阵列中的位置信息确定所述第一目标适配器在适配器阵列中的位置信息;
本实施例中,所述标签信息在所述标签阵列中的位置信息和该标签信息所标识的光纤连接器本体所插入的第一目标适配器,在适配器阵列中的位置信息相同。
例如,若所述标签信息在所述标签阵列中的位置信息为第1行第3列,则所述标签信息所标识的光纤连接器本体所插入的第一目标适配器,在适配器阵列中的位置信息也为第1行第3列。
其次,电子装置根据所述第一目标适配器在所述适配器阵列中的位置信息和第一对应关系获取所述第一目标适配器的标识。
所述电子装置可预先创建第一对应关系,其中,所述第一对应关系包括所述第一目标适配器在所述适配器阵列中的位置信息和所述第一目标适配器的标识的对应关系。
可见,在所述电子装置获取到所述第一目标适配器在所述适配器阵列中的位置信息的情况下,即可确定出在所述第一对应关系中,与所述第一目标适配器在所述适配器阵列中的位置信息对应的所述第一目标适配器的标识。
方式2
首先,电子装置可预先创建第二对应关系,其中,所述第二对应关系包括所述标签信息在所述标签阵列中的位置信息和所述第一目标适配器的标识的对应关系。
可见,在所述电子装置获取到标签信息在所述标签阵列中的位置信息的情况下,即可确定出在所述第二对应关系中,与所述标签信息在所述标签阵列中的位置信息对应的所述第一目标适配器的标识。
可见,本实施例所示电子装置还能够实现对插框的数字化管理过程,即,电子装置在获取到标签信息以及标签信息对应的所述第一目标适配器的状态下,则说明标签信息所标识的光纤连接器组件所插设入的适配器为所述第一目标适配器,从而实现了插框的适配器资源的数字化录入和管理,无需人工现场对光纤连接器组件和适配器之间的插设关系进行逐一的查看和录入,有效地提高了对插框的适配器资源进行管理的准确性和效率。
步骤5607、电子装置判断第一目标适配器的标识是否与所述第二目标适配器的标识相同,若是,则执行步骤5608,若否,则执行步骤5609。
步骤5608、电子装置生成识别成功指示信息。
本实施例中,在所述电子装置已确定所述第一目标适配器的标识与所述第二目标适配器的标识相同,即可生成所述成功指示信息,所述成功指示信息用于指示所述标签信息所标识的光纤连接器本体已插入至对应的第二目标适配器中的事件。
维护人员即可根据所述识别成功指示信息确定出所述标签信息所标识的光纤连接器本体已插入至对应的第二目标适配器中。
步骤5609、电子装置生成识别失败指示信息。
本实施例中,在所述电子装置已确定所述第一目标适配器的标识与所述第二目标适配器的标识不相同,即可生成所述失败指示信息,所述失败指示信息用于指示所述第一目标适配器的标识与所述第二目标适配器的标识不相同的事件。
维护人员即可根据所述识别失败指示信息确定出所述标签信息所标识的光纤连接器本体已插入错误的适配器中。
可选地,为便于维护人员进行维护,则所述失败指示信息还可包括所述标签信息的位置信息,可见,维护人员根据识别失败信息所包括的所述标签信息的位置信息,在标签阵列中,准确的对所述标签信息进行定位。
采用本实施例所示的方法,能够通过目标图像对目标图像所包括的所有标签信息所标识的光纤连接器本体是否插设入对应的适配器进行批量识别,提高了识别的准确性和效率,而且在识别的过程中,无需通过专用的识别装置对所述光纤连接器组件是否已插设入其对应的适配器内进行识别,降低了识别的操作难度,提高了识别效率。
为更好的理解本实施例所示的方法,以下结合具体应用场景进行示例性说明:
需明确的是,本应用场景仅用于更好的理解本实施例所示的方法,所示具体的描述仅为一种示例:
首先,将智能手机的摄像头对准插框,从而使得插框的整个面板均位于智能手机的摄像范围内,通过智能手机对插框进行拍照以获取目标图像。
具体地,由位于插框表面的右上角位置处的摄像头对插框的整个面板进行拍摄。
首先,通过智能手机对插框进行拍照以获取目标图像,该目标图像可为图52所示,以插框5201第1列所示为例,第1列的第一个适配器至第四个适配器所插设的均为标识模块,而第1列的第五个适配器至第十二个适配器所插设的均为光纤连接器组件。
其次,智能手机将目标图像传输给计算机。
再次,计算机在目标图像中,确定待识别的标签信息(二维码A)。
计算器获取连续接收到的两张目标图像A和B,且计算机接收目标图像A的时间早于接收目标图像B的时间。
若目标图像A中,位于第3行第5列的区域为呈红色的标识表面,则确定在适配器阵列中,位于第3行第5列的适配器所插设的为标识模块。
计算机在图像B中,对第3行第5列的区域进行检测,若在第3行第5列的区域检测到呈红色的标识表面,则说明第3行第5列的适配器依旧插设标识模块。
若在第3行第5列的区域检测到二维码A,则说明在适配器阵列中,位于第3行第5 列的适配器,已插设了光纤连接器组件。
计算机即可确定在标签阵列中,位于第3行第5列的二维码A为待识别的标签信息。
其中,计算机可存储有工单系统,所述工单系统存储为实现光信号的成功的传输,则需要二维码A所标识的光纤连接器组件插设于具有标识A的适配器中。
若二维码A所标识的光纤连接器组件为插设于工单系统所指示的具有标识A的适配器中,则说明二维码A所标识的光纤连接器组件插设于错误的适配器中,则二维码A所标识的光纤连接器组件无法实现光信号的传输。
可见,本保证光信号的成功传输,则需要二维码A所标识的光纤连接器组件插设于对应的适配器A中,则本示例所示即可识别待识别的二维码A,位于标签阵列中的第3行第5列,则计算机即可获取适配器阵列中,位于第3行第5列的适配器的标识。
即计算机已预先存储了适配器阵列中,每个适配器对应的第N行第M列的位置信息,以及每个适配器的标识。
计算机判断适配器阵列中,位于第3行第5列的适配器的标识是否为标识A。
若是,则说明二维码A所标识的光纤连接器组件已插入工单系统所示的具有标识A的适配器中,有效地保证了光信号传输路径的导通。
计算机生成识别成功指示信息,其用于指示二维码A所标识的光纤连接器组件已插入工单系统所示的具有标识A的适配器中的事件。
若否,则说明二维码A所标识的光纤连接器组件已插入错误的适配器中,光信号传输路径未导通。
计算机生成识别失败指示信息,其用于指示二维码A所标识的光纤连接器组件已插入错误的适配器中的事件。
实施例十三
本实施例还提供了一种标签组件,所述标签组件的具体说明,请详见上述实施例二至实施例八任一实施例所示,具体在本实施例中不做赘述。
基于实施例十和实施例十二,本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该存储介质中存储软件程序,该软件程序在被一个或多个处理器读取并执行时可实现上述实施例十和实施例十二任意一个或多个实施例提供的方法。
所述计算机可读存储介质可以包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器、随机存取存储器、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
基于实施例十和实施例十二,本申请实施例还提供了一种芯片,该芯片包括处理器,用于实现上述实施例十和实施例十二任意一个所涉及的功能。可选地,所述芯片还包括存储器,所述存储器,用于处理器所执行必要的程序指令和数据。该芯片,可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。

Claims (56)

  1. 一种光纤连接器组件,其特征在于,所述光纤连接器组件包括光纤连接器本体、连接件和标签模块,所述连接件分别与所述光纤连接器本体和所述标签模块连接,所述标签模块具有目标表面,所述目标表面与所述光纤连接器本体位置相背,所述目标表面用于设置标签信息,所述标签信息用于标识所述光纤连接器本体。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的光纤连接器组件,其特征在于,所述光纤连接器本体和所述连接件为一体成型结构。
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的光纤连接器组件,其特征在于,所述光纤连接器本体包括依次连接的插头、中间件和尾套,所述连接件包括安装槽和延伸杆,所述延伸杆的一端与所述安装槽连接,所述延伸杆的另一端与所述标签模块连接,所述安装槽插设固定所述中间件。
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的光纤连接器组件,其特征在于,所述安装槽具有内凹的插设空间,所述插设空间插设固定所述中间件。
  5. 根据权利要求3或4所述的光纤连接器组件,其特征在于,所述安装槽、所述延伸杆和所述标签模块之间形成容纳通道,所述容纳通道容纳所述尾套和部分所述光缆。
  6. 根据权利要求3至5任一项所述的光纤连接器组件,其特征在于,所述安装槽的槽壁设置卡持凸起,所述中间件设置卡持凹槽,所述中间件经由所述安装槽的槽口插入所述安装槽内,直至所述卡持凸起卡持固定在所述卡持凹槽内,所述槽口沿所述光纤连接器本体的轴向延伸。
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的光纤连接器组件,其特征在于,所述连接件还包括卡盖,所述槽口的外侧形成滑轨,所述卡盖与所述滑轨位置相对处形成滑道,在所述滑道插设于所述滑轨内的状态下,所述卡盖盖设于所述槽口处。
  8. 根据权利要求3至5任一项所述的光纤连接器组件,其特征在于,所述连接件包括第一构件、第二构件以及第三构件,所述第一构件的第一端部形成所述安装槽的槽口,所述槽口沿所述光纤连接器本体的轴向延伸,所述第一构件的第二端部连接所述标签模块,所述第一构件的第一端部和所述第一构件的第二端部之间为所述延伸杆;
    所述第二构件和所述第三构件位于所述第一构件的第一端部位置相对的两侧,且所述第三构件覆盖所述安装槽的槽口设置,相互扣合的所述第一构件、所述第二构件和所述第三构件形成所述安装槽。
  9. 根据权利要求3至5任一项所述的光纤连接器组件,其特征在于,所述安装槽的槽壁沿所述光纤连接器本体的轴向设置有切槽,所述切槽的间隙在外力的作用下进行改变,直至所述中间件卡合固定于所述安装槽内。
  10. 根据权利要求3至5任一项所述的光纤连接器组件,其特征在于,所述安装槽具有沿所述光纤连接器本体的轴向位置相对的第一通道口和第二通道口;
    所述连接件还包括多个弹性臂,所述多个弹性臂的第一端与所述第二通道口连接,所述多个弹性臂的第二端相互靠近;相互靠近的所述多个弹性臂之间所形成的容纳空间用于容纳所述中间件。
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的光纤连接器组件,其特征在于,所述中间件的外周面设置有环形凹槽,在所述多个弹性臂插设于所述环形凹槽内的状态下,所述安装槽与所述中间件连接。
  12. 根据权利要求10或11所述的光纤连接器组件,其特征在于,所述第一通道口沿朝向所述插头的方向设置有限位凸起,所述中间件与所述限位凸起对应的位置设置有限位凹槽,所述限位凸起插设于所述限位凹槽内,以限制所述安装槽进行旋转。
  13. 根据权利要求1所述的光纤连接器组件,其特征在于,所述连接件具有第一通道,所述标签模块具有第二通道,所述第一通道和所述第二通道连通,所述光缆经由所述第一通道和所述第二通道进行延伸。
  14. 根据权利要求1至13任一项所述的光纤连接器组件,其特征在于,所述光纤连接器组件包括弹臂,所述弹臂的一端与所述光纤连接器组件连接,所述弹臂的另一端与所述光纤连接器组件之间具有间隙;
    所述光纤连接器组件还包括与所述连接件连接的解锁件,所述解锁件包括抵持端和作用端,所述抵持端和所述作用端之间通过过渡杆连接,所述抵持端抵持所述弹臂,所述作用端延伸至靠近所述目标表面的位置处,所述作用端在外力的作用下,带动所述抵持端对所述弹臂施加作用力,以改变所述间隙的大小。
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的光纤连接器组件,其特征在于,所述连接件设置有旋转凸起,所述过渡杆设置有旋转孔,在所述旋转凸起插设于所述旋转孔内的状态下,所述解锁件以所述旋转孔为中心进行旋转。
  16. 根据权利要求1至12任一项所述的光纤连接器组件,其特征在于,所述连接件的外壁内凹形成有过纤通道。
  17. 一种标签系统,其特征在于,所述标签系统包括插框,所述插框包括多个适配器,所述多个适配器包括第一适配器,光纤连接器组件插设于所述第一适配器内,所述光纤连接器组件包括光纤连接器本体、连接件和标签模块,所述连接件分别与所述光纤连接器本体和所述标签模块连接,所述标签模块具有目标表面,所述目标表面与所述光纤连接器本体位置相背,所述目标表面用于设置标签信息,所述标签信息用于标识所述光纤连接器本体。
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的标签系统,其特征在于,所述多个适配器包括第二适配器,所述标签系统还包括标识组件,所述标识组件包括防尘插头、延伸件和标识模块,所述防尘插头插设于所述第二适配器内,所述延伸件分别与所述防尘插头和所述标识模块连接,所述标识模块具有标识表面,所述标识表面与所述第二适配器位置相背,所述标识表面用于指示所述第二适配器在所述插框中的位置。
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的标签系统,其特征在于,所述延伸件的外壁内凹形成有过纤通道。
  20. 根据权利要求17至19任一项所述的标签系统,其特征在于,所述标签系统还包括标记结构,所述标记结构用于指示所述第一适配器的标识、所述第一适配器的位置信息和所述标签信息的位置信息的对应关系。
  21. 根据权利要求17至20任一项所述的标签系统,其特征在于,所述光纤连接器本体和所述连接件为一体成型结构。
  22. 根据权利要求17至20任一项所述的标签系统,其特征在于,所述光纤连接器本体包括依次连接的插头、中间件和尾套,所述连接件包括安装槽和延伸杆,所述延伸杆的一端与所述安装槽连接,所述延伸杆的另一端与所述标签模块连接,所述安装槽插设固定所述中间件。
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的标签系统,其特征在于,所述安装槽具有内凹的插设空间,所述插设空间插设固定所述中间件。
  24. 根据权利要求22或23所述的标签系统,其特征在于,所述安装槽、所述延伸杆和所述标签模块之间形成容纳通道,所述容纳通道容纳所述尾套和部分所述光缆。
  25. 根据权利要求22至24任一项所述的标签系统,其特征在于,所述安装槽的槽壁设置卡持凸起,所述中间件设置卡持凹槽,所述中间件经由所述安装槽的槽口插入所述安装槽内,直至所述卡持凸起卡持固定在所述卡持凹槽内,所述槽口沿所述光纤连接器本体的轴向延伸。
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的标签系统,其特征在于,所述连接件还包括卡盖,所述槽口的外侧形成滑轨,所述卡盖与所述滑轨位置相对处形成滑道,在所述滑道插设于所述滑轨内的状态下,所述卡盖盖设于所述槽口处。
  27. 根据权利要求22至24任一项所述的标签系统,其特征在于,所述连接件包括第一构件、第二构件以及第三构件,所述第一构件的第一端部形成所述安装槽的槽口,所述槽口沿所述光纤连接器本体的轴向延伸,所述第一构件的第二端部连接所述标签模块,所述第一构件的第一端部和所述第一构件的第二端部之间为所述延伸杆;
    所述第二构件和所述第三构件位于所述第一构件的第一端部位置相对的两侧,且所述第三构件覆盖所述安装槽的槽口设置,相互扣合的所述第一构件、所述第二构件和所述第三构件形成所述安装槽。
  28. 根据权利要求22至24任一项所述的标签系统,其特征在于,所述安装槽的槽壁沿所述光纤连接器本体的轴向设置有切槽,所述切槽的间隙在外力的作用下进行改变,直至所述中间件卡合固定于所述安装槽内。
  29. 根据权利要求22至24任一项所述的标签系统,其特征在于,所述安装槽具有沿所述光纤连接器本体的轴向位置相对的第一通道口和第二通道口;
    所述连接件还包括多个弹性臂,所述多个弹性臂的第一端与所述第二通道口连接,所述多个弹性臂的第二端相互靠近;相互靠近的所述多个弹性臂之间所形成的容纳空间用于容纳所述中间件。
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的标签系统,其特征在于,所述中间件的外周面设置有环形凹槽,在所述多个弹性臂插设于所述环形凹槽内的状态下,所述安装槽与所述中间件连接。
  31. 根据权利要求29或30所述的标签系统,其特征在于,所述第一通道口沿朝向所述插头的方向设置有限位凸起,所述中间件与所述限位凸起对应的位置设置有限位凹槽,所述限位凸起插设于所述限位凹槽内,以限制所述安装槽进行旋转。
  32. 根据权利要求17至20任一项所述的标签系统,其特征在于,所述连接件具有第一通道,所述标签模块具有第二通道,所述第一通道和所述第二通道连通,所述光缆经由所述第一通道和所述第二通道进行延伸。
  33. 根据权利要求17至32任一项所述的标签系统,其特征在于,所述光纤连接器组件包括弹臂,所述弹臂的一端与所述光纤连接器组件连接,所述弹臂的另一端与所述光纤连接器组件之间具有间隙;
    所述光纤连接器组件还包括与所述连接件连接的解锁件,所述解锁件包括抵持端和作用端,所述抵持端和所述作用端之间通过过渡杆连接,所述抵持端抵持所述弹臂,所述作用端延伸至靠近所述目标表面的位置处,所述作用端在外力的作用下,带动所述抵持端对所述弹臂施加作用力,以改变所述间隙的大小。
  34. 根据权利要求33所述的标签系统,其特征在于,所述连接件设置有旋转凸起,所述过渡杆设置有旋转孔,在所述旋转凸起插设于所述旋转孔内的状态下,所述解锁件以所述旋转孔为中心进行旋转。
  35. 根据权利要求17至33任一项所述的标签系统,其特征在于,所述连接件的外壁内凹形成有过纤通道。
  36. 一种标签组件,其特征在于,应用于光纤连接器本体,所述标签组件包括连接件和标签模块,所述连接件与所述标签模块连接,所述标签模块具有目标表面,所述目标表面与所述连接件位置相背,所述目标表面用于设置标签信息,所述标签信息用于标识所述光纤连接器本体。
  37. 根据权利要求36所述的标签组件,其特征在于,所述连接件包括安装槽和延伸杆,所述延伸杆的一端与所述安装槽连接,所述延伸杆的另一端与所述标签模块连接,所述安装槽插设固定所述光纤连接器本体的中间件。
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的标签组件,其特征在于,所述安装槽具有内凹的插设空间,所述插设空间插设固定所述中间件。
  39. 根据权利要求37或38所述的标签组件,其特征在于,所述安装槽、所述延伸杆和所述标签模块之间形成容纳通道,所述容纳通道容纳所述光纤连接器本体的尾套和部分光缆。
  40. 根据权利要求37至39任一项所述的标签组件,其特征在于,所述安装槽的槽壁设置卡持凸起,所述中间件设置卡持凹槽,所述中间件经由所述安装槽的槽口插入所述安装槽内,直至所述卡持凸起卡持固定在所述卡持凹槽内,所述槽口沿所述光纤连接器本体的轴向延伸。
  41. 根据权利要求40所述的标签组件,其特征在于,所述连接件还包括卡盖,所述槽口的外侧形成滑轨,所述卡盖与所述滑轨位置相对处形成滑道,在所述滑道插设于所述滑轨内的状态下,所述卡盖盖设于所述槽口处。
  42. 根据权利要求36至38任一项所述的标签组件,其特征在于,所述连接件包括第一构件、第二构件以及第三构件,所述第一构件的第一端部形成所述安装槽的槽口,所述槽口沿所述光纤连接器本体的轴向延伸,所述第一构件的第二端部连接所述标签模块,所 述第一构件的第一端部和所述第一构件的第二端部之间为所述延伸杆;
    所述第二构件和所述第三构件位于所述第一构件的第一端部位置相对的两侧,且所述第三构件覆盖所述安装槽的槽口设置,相互扣合的所述第一构件、所述第二构件和所述第三构件形成所述安装槽。
  43. 根据权利要求36至38任一项所述的标签组件,其特征在于,所述安装槽的槽壁沿所述光纤连接器本体的轴向设置有切槽,所述切槽的间隙在外力的作用下进行改变,直至所述中间件卡合固定于所述安装槽内。
  44. 根据权利要求36至38任一项所述的标签组件,其特征在于,所述安装槽具有沿所述光纤连接器本体的轴向位置相对的第一通道口和第二通道口;
    所述连接件还包括多个弹性臂,所述多个弹性臂的第一端与所述第二通道口连接,所述多个弹性臂的第二端相互靠近;相互靠近的所述多个弹性臂之间所形成的容纳空间用于容纳所述中间件。
  45. 根据权利要求36所述的标签组件,其特征在于,所述连接件具有第一通道,所述标签模块具有第二通道,所述第一通道和所述第二通道连通,光缆经由所述第一通道和所述第二通道进行延伸。
  46. 根据权利要求36至45任一项所述的标签组件,其特征在于,所述标签组件还包括与所述连接件连接的解锁件,所述解锁件包括抵持端和作用端,所述抵持端和所述作用端之间通过过渡杆连接,所述抵持端抵持所述光纤连接器本体的弹臂,所述作用端延伸至靠近所述目标表面的位置处,所述作用端在外力的作用下,带动所述抵持端对所述弹臂施加作用力,以改变所述弹臂与所述光纤连接器本体之间的间隙的大小。
  47. 根据权利要求46所述的标签组件,其特征在于,所述连接件设置有旋转凸起,所述过渡杆设置有旋转孔,在所述旋转凸起插设于所述旋转孔内的状态下,所述解锁件以所述旋转孔为中心进行旋转。
  48. 根据权利要求36至44任一项所述的标签组件,其特征在于,所述连接件的外壁内凹形成有过纤通道。
  49. 一种识别方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:
    获取目标图像,所述目标图像为摄像头对插框进行拍摄所获取到的图像;
    根据所述目标图像获取标签信息和第一目标适配器的对应关系,所述插框用于固定所述第一目标适配器,所述第一目标适配器用于插设光纤连接器组件,所述光纤连接器组件包括用于标识所述光纤连接器组件的所述标签信息。
  50. 根据权利要求49所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    根据第一预设对应关系确定所述标签信息存在对应的第二目标适配器,所述第一预设对应关系包括所述标签信息和所述第二目标适配器的标识的对应关系;
    所述根据所述目标图像获取标签信息和第一目标适配器的对应关系之后,所述方法还包括:
    判断所述第一目标适配器的标识是否与所述第二目标适配器的标识相同;
    若是,则确定所述第一目标适配器为所述第二目标适配器。
  51. 根据权利要求49或50所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述目标图像获取标签信息和第一目标适配器的对应关系包括:
    根据所述目标图像确定所述标签信息在标签阵列中的位置信息,所述标签阵列为插设在所述插框上的至少部分标识表面和所述标签信息所形成的阵列,所述标签阵列所包括的任一行存在至少一个所述标签信息或所述标识表面,所述标签阵列所包括的任一列包括至少一个所述标签信息或所述标识表面,所述插框还包括第三目标适配器,所述第三目标适配器用于插设标识组件,所述标识组件的所述标识表面用于指示所述第三目标适配器在所述插框中的位置;
    根据所述标签信息在所述标签阵列中的位置信息,确定对应的所述第一目标适配器。
  52. 根据权利要求51所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述标签信息在所述标签阵列中的位置信息,确定对应的所述第一目标适配器包括:
    根据所述标签信息在所述标签阵列中的位置信息确定所述第一目标适配器在适配器阵列中的位置信息,所述适配器阵列为插设在所述插框上的至少部分适配器所形成的阵列;
    根据所述第一目标适配器在所述适配器阵列中的位置信息和第一对应关系获取所述第一目标适配器的标识,所述第一对应关系包括所述第一目标适配器在所述适配器阵列中的位置信息和所述第一目标适配器的标识的对应关系。
  53. 根据权利要求51所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述标签信息在所述标签阵列中的位置信息,确定对应的所述第一目标适配器包括:
    根据所述标签信息在所述标签阵列中的位置信息和第二对应关系获取所述第一目标适配器的标识,所述第二对应关系包括所述标签信息在所述标签阵列中的位置信息和所述第一目标适配器的标识的对应关系。
  54. 根据权利要求49所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    根据第二预设对应关系确定所述第一目标适配器存在对应的目标标签信息,所述第二预设对应关系包括所述第一目标适配器的标识和所述目标标签信息的对应关系;
    所述根据所述目标图像获取标签信息和第一目标适配器的对应关系之后,所述方法还包括:
    判断所述标签信息是否与所述目标标签信息相同;
    若是,则确定所述标签信息为所述目标标签信息。
  55. 根据权利要求49所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述目标图像获取标签信息和第一目标适配器的对应关系包括:
    在所述目标图像中获取标记结构;
    在所述目标图像中确定目标区域的位置信息,所述目标区域与所述标记结构之间具有目标相对位置关系,所述目标区域与所述第一目标适配器对应,所述第一目标适配器与所述标记结构之间具有所述目标相对位置关系;
    获取所述目标区域内的所述标签信息。
  56. 根据权利要求55所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述目标相对位置关系,在标签阵列中确定目标区域的位置信息之后,所述方法还包括:
    若在所述目标区域内未获取到所述标签信息,则确定所述第一目标适配器为未插设所述光纤连接器组件的适配器。
PCT/CN2021/082311 2020-08-21 2021-03-23 一种光纤连接器组件、标签系统、标签模块以及识别方法 WO2022037057A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (7)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
BR112023003126A BR112023003126A2 (pt) 2020-08-21 2021-03-23 Conjunto de conector de fibra óptica, sistema de etiqueta, módulo de etiqueta e método de reconhecimento
EP21857160.2A EP4191300A4 (en) 2020-08-21 2021-03-23 OPTICAL FIBER CONNECTOR ASSEMBLY, LABEL SYSTEM, LABEL MODULE AND IDENTIFICATION METHOD
MX2023002131A MX2023002131A (es) 2020-08-21 2021-03-23 Montaje de conector de fibra óptica, sistema de etiqueta, módulo de etiqueta y método de reconocimiento.
CA3190293A CA3190293A1 (en) 2020-08-21 2021-03-23 Optical fiber connector assembly, label system, label module, and recognition method
JP2023512387A JP2023537786A (ja) 2020-08-21 2021-03-23 光ファイバコネクタアセンブリ、ラベルシステム、ラベルモジュール及び認識方法
KR1020237008985A KR20230048432A (ko) 2020-08-21 2021-03-23 광 섬유 커넥터 어셈블리, 라벨 시스템, 라벨 모듈 및 식별 방법
US18/172,134 US20230204874A1 (en) 2020-08-21 2023-02-21 Optical fiber connector assembly, label system, label module, and recognition method

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202010852565.8 2020-08-21
CN202010852565.8A CN111999819A (zh) 2020-08-21 2020-08-21 一种光纤连接器组件、标签系统、标签模块以及识别方法

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US18/172,134 Continuation US20230204874A1 (en) 2020-08-21 2023-02-21 Optical fiber connector assembly, label system, label module, and recognition method

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022037057A1 true WO2022037057A1 (zh) 2022-02-24

Family

ID=73472333

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/082311 WO2022037057A1 (zh) 2020-08-21 2021-03-23 一种光纤连接器组件、标签系统、标签模块以及识别方法

Country Status (9)

Country Link
US (1) US20230204874A1 (zh)
EP (1) EP4191300A4 (zh)
JP (1) JP2023537786A (zh)
KR (1) KR20230048432A (zh)
CN (1) CN111999819A (zh)
BR (1) BR112023003126A2 (zh)
CA (1) CA3190293A1 (zh)
MX (1) MX2023002131A (zh)
WO (1) WO2022037057A1 (zh)

Families Citing this family (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11295135B2 (en) 2020-05-29 2022-04-05 Corning Research & Development Corporation Asset tracking of communication equipment via mixed reality based labeling
US11374808B2 (en) 2020-05-29 2022-06-28 Corning Research & Development Corporation Automated logging of patching operations via mixed reality based labeling
CN111999819A (zh) * 2020-08-21 2020-11-27 华为技术有限公司 一种光纤连接器组件、标签系统、标签模块以及识别方法
CN112034559B (zh) * 2020-08-21 2021-12-28 华为技术有限公司 一种光纤连接器组件、标签系统以及标签模块
CN113568109B (zh) * 2021-06-30 2022-09-16 华为技术有限公司 双芯连接器及连接系统
CN113777718B (zh) * 2021-09-25 2022-11-25 浙江宏盛通信技术有限公司 一种光纤活动连接器与光纤配线架端口的组装结构

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN203365736U (zh) * 2013-08-07 2013-12-25 苏州新海宜通信科技股份有限公司 用于智能odn网络光纤活动连接器电子标签套件
CN105278061A (zh) * 2014-07-22 2016-01-27 华为技术有限公司 用于odn设备的智能化装置、设备、方法及系统
JP2019066889A (ja) * 2019-02-01 2019-04-25 岡野電線株式会社 光ファイバケーブル
CN110703397A (zh) * 2019-09-30 2020-01-17 罗浩瑜 一种光纤远程自动拔插设备及实现方法
CN111103662A (zh) * 2019-12-04 2020-05-05 江苏通鼎宽带有限公司 带有在线插拔电子标签的sc光纤连接设备
CN111999819A (zh) * 2020-08-21 2020-11-27 华为技术有限公司 一种光纤连接器组件、标签系统、标签模块以及识别方法

Family Cites Families (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8488938B2 (en) * 2008-08-21 2013-07-16 Telescent Inc. Braided fiber optic cross-connect switches
EP2528012A1 (de) * 2011-05-27 2012-11-28 Data-Complex GmbH Vorrichtung, System und Verfahren zum Überwachen einer Vielzahl von Aufnahmevorrichtungen
CN102708352B (zh) * 2012-06-07 2015-02-18 南京普天通信股份有限公司 运用配对二维码标签对光纤跳线及光纤端口进行管理方法
WO2014060416A1 (en) * 2012-10-15 2014-04-24 Tyco Electronics Raychem Bvba Telecommunications fiber optic adapter identification system and method
CN203422501U (zh) * 2013-08-05 2014-02-05 泰科电子(上海)有限公司 具有射频识别标签的光纤连接器
CN105874367B (zh) * 2013-08-21 2018-05-18 克里斯多佛·B·谢勒 具有远程释放连接器的可追踪联网电缆
US9841579B2 (en) * 2013-09-27 2017-12-12 Exfo Inc. Multiple-fiber connector inspection
FR3022389B1 (fr) * 2014-06-17 2017-10-13 Hl Display Ab Porte-etiquette
US10304356B2 (en) * 2014-12-18 2019-05-28 Corning Research & Development Corporation Article and method for parallel labeling of an array of connections
WO2019133012A1 (en) * 2017-12-30 2019-07-04 Telescent Inc. Automated physical network management system utilizing high resolution rfid and optical scanning for rfid tag spatial localization
CN110658590A (zh) * 2018-06-28 2020-01-07 中航光电科技股份有限公司 一种连接器及其推拉件
CN214097870U (zh) * 2020-08-21 2021-08-31 华为技术有限公司 一种光纤连接器组件、标签系统以及标签组件

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN203365736U (zh) * 2013-08-07 2013-12-25 苏州新海宜通信科技股份有限公司 用于智能odn网络光纤活动连接器电子标签套件
CN105278061A (zh) * 2014-07-22 2016-01-27 华为技术有限公司 用于odn设备的智能化装置、设备、方法及系统
JP2019066889A (ja) * 2019-02-01 2019-04-25 岡野電線株式会社 光ファイバケーブル
CN110703397A (zh) * 2019-09-30 2020-01-17 罗浩瑜 一种光纤远程自动拔插设备及实现方法
CN111103662A (zh) * 2019-12-04 2020-05-05 江苏通鼎宽带有限公司 带有在线插拔电子标签的sc光纤连接设备
CN111999819A (zh) * 2020-08-21 2020-11-27 华为技术有限公司 一种光纤连接器组件、标签系统、标签模块以及识别方法

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP4191300A4

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP4191300A1 (en) 2023-06-07
JP2023537786A (ja) 2023-09-05
CN111999819A (zh) 2020-11-27
BR112023003126A2 (pt) 2023-04-04
EP4191300A4 (en) 2024-01-24
KR20230048432A (ko) 2023-04-11
US20230204874A1 (en) 2023-06-29
CA3190293A1 (en) 2021-03-23
MX2023002131A (es) 2023-05-18

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2022037057A1 (zh) 一种光纤连接器组件、标签系统、标签模块以及识别方法
WO2022037056A1 (zh) 一种标签系统、插框以及识别方法
US8731405B2 (en) RFID-based systems and methods for collecting telecommunications network information
CN108761655B (zh) 用于与凸形插头连接器一起使用的凹形硬化光学连接器
ES2679275T3 (es) Sistemas de conectividad de fibra gestionada
US9172465B2 (en) Optical device, and system and method for managing optical device
US8662759B2 (en) “Secured” fiber optic connecting system and method using different fiber positions of a multi-fiber connector
US20230213707A1 (en) Male plug optical connectors configured for mating with dissimilar connector
EP2887566A1 (en) An optical distribution system, a splicing handheld device, a kit for an optical distribution system and a method for the construction and managing of an optical distribution system
CN116569087A (zh) 复合模块、复合缆组件及其制造方法
CN214097870U (zh) 一种光纤连接器组件、标签系统以及标签组件
CN111213150B (zh) 光纤连接器组件
WO2022037058A1 (zh) 一种光纤连接器组件、标签系统以及标签模块
CN113396546B (zh) 光网络设备
EP2687885A1 (en) Optical element, and system and method for managing optical element
CN113900189B (zh) 一种波分复用光通信装置以及光电连接器
CN117666037A (zh) 数字标签模组、光纤连接器组件和通信设备
US20190079260A1 (en) Fiber optic multiport having different types of ports for multi-use
WO2022218024A1 (zh) 一种识别方法、相关设备以及识别系统
EP3101457B1 (en) Optical connector, cable, and optical communication device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21857160

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2023512387

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 3190293

Country of ref document: CA

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112023003126

Country of ref document: BR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2021857160

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20230227

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20237008985

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112023003126

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20230217